summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authornfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>2025-02-05 18:06:08 -0800
committernfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>2025-02-05 18:06:08 -0800
commit08359f49e1d9e6a9d65fd2b0d2b43ab63a936df7 (patch)
tree8a25f22b76300a86734abc14ba3388344bd50027
parentc276a25c9fccb25eaed7345944fc1bc5caa0261c (diff)
NormalizeHEADmain
-rw-r--r--.gitattributes4
-rw-r--r--LICENSE.txt11
-rw-r--r--README.md2
-rw-r--r--old/51749-0.txt4884
-rw-r--r--old/51749-0.zipbin64957 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/51749-h.zipbin809919 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/51749-h/51749-h.htm5767
-rw-r--r--old/51749-h/images/cover.jpgbin58885 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/51749-h/images/ill-002.jpgbin88920 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/51749-h/images/ill-006.jpgbin16448 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/51749-h/images/ill-021.jpgbin79374 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/51749-h/images/ill-045.jpgbin71266 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/51749-h/images/ill-057.jpgbin93990 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/51749-h/images/ill-075.jpgbin57677 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/51749-h/images/ill-089.jpgbin94768 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/51749-h/images/ill-103.jpgbin97438 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/51749-h/images/ill-117.jpgbin82505 -> 0 bytes
17 files changed, 17 insertions, 10651 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7b82bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+*.txt text eol=lf
+*.htm text eol=lf
+*.html text eol=lf
+*.md text eol=lf
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1444a86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #51749 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/51749)
diff --git a/old/51749-0.txt b/old/51749-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 0bdb876..0000000
--- a/old/51749-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4884 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg eBook, Fairview Boys and Their Rivals, by Frederick
-Gordon
-
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
-other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
-the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have
-to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.
-
-
-
-
-Title: Fairview Boys and Their Rivals
- or, Bob Bouncer's Schooldays
-
-
-Author: Frederick Gordon
-
-
-
-Release Date: April 13, 2016 [eBook #51749]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-
-***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FAIRVIEW BOYS AND THEIR RIVALS***
-
-
-E-text prepared by Giovanni Fini and the Online Distributed Proofreading
-Team (http://www.pgdp.net) from page images generously made available by
-Internet Archive (https://archive.org)
-
-
-
-Note: Project Gutenberg also has an HTML version of this
- file which includes the original illustrations.
- See 51749-h.htm or 51749-h.zip:
- (http://www.gutenberg.org/files/51749/51749-h/51749-h.htm)
- or
- (http://www.gutenberg.org/files/51749/51749-h.zip)
-
-
- Images of the original pages are available through
- Internet Archive. See
- https://archive.org/details/fairviewboysthei00gord
-
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration: _Bob Ran with the Pail to a Man at the Broken-in Door_
-Frontispiece]
-
-
-FAIRVIEW BOYS AND THEIR RIVALS
-
-Or
-
-Bob Bouncer’S Schooldays
-
-by
-
-FREDERICK GORDON
-
-Author of “The Young Crusoes of Pine Island,”
-“Sammy Brown’S Treasure Hunt,” etc.
-
-Illustrated
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Charles E. Graham & Co.
-Newark, N. J. —— New York
-
-
- * * * * * *
-
- BOOKS FOR BOYS
-
- BY FREDERICK GORDON
-
- FAIRVIEW BOYS SERIES
-
- Illustrated. Price, per volume,
- 60 cents, postpaid.
-
- FAIRVIEW BOYS AFLOAT AND ASHORE
- Or, The Young Crusoes of Pine Island
-
- FAIRVIEW BOYS ON EAGLE MOUNTAIN
- Or, Sammy Brown’s Treasure Hunt
-
- FAIRVIEW BOYS AND THEIR RIVALS
- Or, Bob Bouncer’s Schooldays
-
- FAIRVIEW BOYS AT CAMP MYSTERY
- Or, The Old Hermit and His Secret
-
- FAIRVIEW BOYS AT LIGHTHOUSE COVE
- Or, Carried Out to Sea
-
- * * * * * *
-
-
-Copyright, 1912, by
-Graham & Matlack
-
-Under The Title
-_Bob Bouncer’s Schooldays_
-
-
-
-
-CONTENTS
-
-
- CHAPTER PAGE
-
- I. THREE CHUMS 7
-
- II. THE FIRST DAY AT SCHOOL 18
-
- III. THE LOST LETTERS 30
-
- IV. SOMETHING OF A MYSTERY 38
-
- V. THE BIG BONFIRE 50
-
- VI. BOMBARDED 56
-
- VII. THE SPELLING CONTEST 64
-
- VIII. THE MAD BULL 71
-
- IX. THE NUTTING PARTY 79
-
- X. “THE DAY OF THEIR LIVES” 85
-
- XI. ROBBERY 93
-
- XII. BOB BOUNCER’S CLEW 100
-
- XIII. AN EXCITING HOUR 108
-
- XIV. FIRE 115
-
- XV. THE CAPTURE—CONCLUSION 124
-
-[Illustration: LOGO]
-
-
-
-
- Fairview Boys and Their Rivals
-
- OR
-
- BOB BOUNCER’S SCHOOLDAYS
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER I
-
-THREE CHUMS
-
-
-“WELL, fellows,” said Frank Haven, “the long vacation is over at last.”
-
-“And now for school and study,” added Sammy Brown.
-
-“And fun!” echoed Bob Bouncer.
-
-He was well named, was this Bob Bouncer. On this bright September
-morning, Bob looked full of vim and go. He skipped along the pretty
-village road like the active lad he was, bounding through life with a
-laugh and a cheer, and getting out of it plenty of fun and frolic.
-
-“Don’t look so glum, Sammy!” he cried. “If any fellows had a grand old
-vacation to brag of, it’s us three.”
-
-“Yes, that’s so, and no mistake,” replied Sammy. “I’m not grumbling.
-I was just wishing that the boating, and the swimming, and getting
-wrecked on Pine Island, and that dandy time in the mountains, could
-last forever.”
-
-“Well,” said Bob, “school isn’t going to be a prison, is it? Especially
-this school. I found something this morning, and they say it’s a sign
-that things will be stirring right along.”
-
-“What is it, Bob?” asked Sammy, eagerly.
-
-“A lucky stone,” replied Bob, with a chuckle, producing the object in
-question.
-
-“Maybe it means that you’re going to be put into a higher class,” spoke
-Frank, with a smile.
-
-“Or that we’re going to get half-holiday Fridays,” said Bob.
-
-“Or that Jed Burr is going to leave school,” put in Sammy, with a wry
-grimace.
-
-“Huh! no fear of Jed leaving,” said Bob. “He’ll stick on till he’s too
-old to stick any longer, and pester the life out of every one he meets.”
-
-“Are you afraid of him, Bob?” asked Sammy, slyly.
-
-“Afraid?” cried Bob. “I guess not! He’s just like a gnat or a hornet.”
-
-“I’m not going to play with him,” said Sammy.
-
-“You’ll have to, in the football game,” replied Frank.
-
-“Well, I won’t at other times. He got me in trouble last term in a
-mean, sneaky way, and I won’t give him a chance again. Tell you one
-thing, fellows.”
-
-“And what’s that, Sammy?”
-
-“If Jed Burr tries any of his sly tricks on me this term, he’ll find me
-ready for him.”
-
-“How ready, Sammy?” asked Bob, with a sharp look at his comrade.
-
-“That’s a secret,” chuckled Sammy. “But you wait and see.”
-
-“There’s the half-past bell,” sang out Bob. “Let’s hurry and see what’s
-going on before school begins.”
-
-The Fairview schoolhouse was about half a mile from Bob’s home. He,
-Frank and Sammy lived near together. They had taken the bluff road
-lining Rainbow Lake. Just beyond the curve they were turning, the
-schoolhouse would come into view.
-
-Bob broke into a run, swinging his books at the end of a strap gaily.
-Just past the stone wall and the line of trees shutting out the view,
-he halted dead short.
-
-“What’s he staring at, I wonder?” said Frank.
-
-“Don’t know. Let’s find out,” replied Sammy, and both hurried on.
-
-“The mischief!” shouted Sammy.
-
-He, too, halted. Frank joined them, and the three lads for a moment
-stood looking in wonder down the slanting road.
-
-“It’s a runaway automobile,” cried Sammy.
-
-“And a boy in it,” added Frank.
-
-“Whew! there’s a tumble,” shouted Bob, dancing up and down in a state
-of great excitement.
-
-Not fifty feet away from them, near a vacant house, an automobile
-was coming towards them. A boy in its front seat seemed to have been
-trying to turn around. When Bob and his chums first caught sight of the
-machine, they saw that this boy was trying to stop it, but he did not
-seem to know how to go about the task.
-
-In some way he had gotten mixed up on the steering gear, and the auto
-crossed the road sideways. As it reached the edge of the road, its
-front wheels struck a fallen tree. As the auto passed over the log,
-there was a big jolt. The boy in the machine was lifted up in his seat,
-and either jumped or fell flat into a great puddle of mud.
-
-“Frank,” cried Bob, “see where it’s headed!”
-
-“Say, it’s a goner!” gasped Sammy.
-
-Frank was the only one of the three who knew much about an automobile,
-and that was very little. An uncle of his owned a machine, and he had
-spent a day or two lately with his relatives at Fairview. Frank had
-gone on several runs with his uncle. He had noticed how his relative
-had handled the automobile, but in a general way only. As he ran
-towards the machine now, he hardly knew what he should do to stop it.
-
-The runaway automobile was not going very fast. It was the way it was
-headed that made Frank realize that something must be done. The machine
-was tearing up the earth, and running against rocks, and bumping past
-trees, directly at the edge of the bluff road.
-
-“If it keeps on that way,” said Frank to himself, “it will go over the
-edge of the bluff.”
-
-If that happened the auto would be wrecked. It would roll over and over
-down quite a steep slant until it reached Rainbow Lake.
-
-“Don’t get in! don’t get in!” shouted Sammy, his eyes nearly bolting
-out of his head, as he saw no chance to stop the auto.
-
-Frank could hardly have jumped into the machine, it wobbled about so.
-But he reached its side, ran along with it, and then jumped to the step.
-
-Once Frank had been with his uncle when his auto, turning a sharp
-curve, nearly ran into a great load of hay blocking the road. Frank
-remembered that his uncle had acted as quick as lightning. He had shot
-out his hand and grasped the side brake, at the same time turning off
-the power at the wheel.
-
-“That was a narrow graze,” his uncle had told him, as the machine
-stopped short.
-
-He called it “killing the engine.” All this was in Frank’s mind as he
-now gave the brake of the runaway auto a quick wrench and at the same
-time shoved back the controls on the steering wheel. As a sway of the
-auto threw him off the step, the chug! chug! of the machine stopped,
-and so did the auto itself.
-
-The big red car had one wheel wedged between two rocks. Frank breathed
-pretty hard as he noticed that had the auto gone ten feet farther, it
-would have toppled over the cliff.
-
-“Oh, say, you’ve done a big thing,” panted Sammy, running up to the
-spot.
-
-“I’m glad it didn’t go over the bluff,” said Frank.
-
-He might well say this. As he glanced down the slant, Frank almost
-became frightened. Three little huts, where some fishermen and their
-families lived, were right in the course the auto might take. Just now
-some small children were playing near one of the huts.
-
-“Say, if it hit those houses—say, if it smashed over those
-children——” began Sammy, in a gasp.
-
-“Where is Bob?” asked Frank.
-
-“He’s helping the fellow who tumbled out of the auto,” explained Sammy.
-
-Frank turned around, to see Bob back at the spot where the boy in the
-auto had taken his tumble into the mud puddle.
-
-Bob had helped the boy out of the water and mire. Just now he was
-rubbing the mud from his coat with some dry grass. The victim of the
-accident was mopping his face with a handkerchief.
-
-“Here comes the man who owns the automobile, I guess,” said Sammy.
-
-Frank saw a man rush down the road from the direction of the vacant
-house. He was in a great hurry, and excited. He shouted some words
-at Bob and his companion, and, passing Frank and Sammy, gasping for
-breath, ran to the automobile.
-
-As he looked it over and saw that he could get it back into the roadway
-without risk or damage, he walked up to the boys.
-
-“One of you stopped that machine,” he said, glancing from Frank to
-Sammy.
-
-“It was Frank, mister,” said Sammy, pointing to his chum.
-
-“I haven’t got much with me,” spoke the man, his voice trembling.
-
-First he shook Frank’s hand warmly. Then he groped in his pocket and
-drew out a bright new silver dollar.
-
-“You take that till I see you again,” he said.
-
-“No, no,” replied Frank. “I don’t want any pay for doing the little I
-did.”
-
-“Little!” cried the man, pressing the coin on Frank. “That machine is
-worth three thousand dollars, and you saved it.”
-
-“Well, I’m glad if I did,” said Frank.
-
-“If that boy back there was my boy,” spoke the man, with a look at the
-lad who had tumbled out of the auto, “I’d either teach him how to run
-the machine, or handcuff him when he was aboard.”
-
-“Oh, isn’t he your boy?” inquired Sammy.
-
-“No, I’m his father’s chauffeur.”
-
-They all went up to the mud puddle. Bob was helping his companion get
-cleaned up in as friendly a way as if they had been chums for years.
-
-“Why,” shouted Sammy, in blank surprise, “it’s the fat boy.”
-
-“So it is,” replied Frank, in a wondering tone.
-
-“Hello,” spoke the boy who had tumbled out of the auto. “You fellows
-here, too?”
-
-Bob’s face, as were the faces of the others, was set in a broad smile.
-They all had good reason to remember “the fat boy.”
-
-“Yes, it’s me,” said the victim of the accident, rubbing some dirt out
-of one ear. “Is the machine all right, Buxton?”
-
-“Yes, the machine is all right,” replied the man; “but ten feet more,
-and it would have been all wrong. What was you trying to do with it,
-anyhow?”
-
-“I thought I would turn it around. I only touched one little handle,
-and then the foot-plate, and the pesky auto wouldn’t go straight at
-all. Yes, fellows,” smiled the speaker at Frank and Sammy, “I’m like
-the bad penny, turned up again.”
-
-“I’m glad to see you in Fairview,” said Frank. “How are you getting on
-at the academy?”
-
-“Oh, I’ve quit there,” said Tom Chubb, otherwise “the fat boy.”
-
-“How is that?”
-
-“They said I wasn’t far enough along to keep up with the class.”
-
-“I see.”
-
-“You know I don’t know much,” said the fat boy, frankly. “The fellows
-all made fun of me. Then they got mad. I couldn’t hit back when they
-fought me, I was so fat. Well, all I could do was to get them in a
-corner and fall on them.”
-
-“Ha! ha!” laughed Sammy.
-
-“That’s pretty good,” chuckled Bob.
-
-“Father is thinking of coming to Fairview to live for the summer,” went
-on the fat boy. “I think we’ll take that vacant house Buxton was just
-looking at.”
-
-“Why, then, you may come to our school?” said Sammy.
-
-“I reckon I will,” replied the fat boy. “I hope so, for I like you
-fellows. Say,” and he grinned from ear to ear, “remember how you met me
-in the mountains that night?”
-
-“Of course we do,” smiled Frank.
-
-“How you told me how to get even with the students who hazed me? Well,
-I did it great and grand, and I’ll never forget you for that.”
-
-In a few minutes the chauffeur got the automobile back into the road.
-The fat boy waved his hand to the boys until the machine turned out of
-sight.
-
-“Well, who ever thought of meeting that fellow again!” laughed Frank.
-
-“He’s a comical one,” said Bob.
-
-“He asked if we remembered that night in the mountains,” said Sammy.
-“Huh! as if we’d ever forget it.”
-
-Each one of the boys was busy for the moment thinking of that same
-night in the mountains. It had brought back some adventure that had
-made the long vacation a time of great delight to them.
-
-Those of my young readers who have read the first book of the present
-series, entitled: “Fairview Boys Afloat and Ashore; Or, The Young
-Crusoes of Pine Island,” will recall the exciting but jolly time Frank,
-Bob and Sammy had when the sail-boat _Puff_ was wrecked on Pine Island.
-
-The three boys had been allowed to make a one day’s cruise on Rainbow
-Lake. They had, however, gotten caught in a big storm, and were
-marooned on Pine Island for several days.
-
-All the time Sammy Brown’s busy head was full of misers’ hoards and
-hidden treasure. In the second book of this series, called “Fairview
-Boys on Eagle Mountain; Or, Sammy Brown’s Treasure Hunt,” Sammy induced
-his two loyal companions to go with him to Eagle Mountain in search of
-a fancied lot of treasure.
-
-The boys had found no treasure. However, they ran across a stolen horse
-and got a twenty-five-dollar reward for returning it to its owner.
-
-It was during the first night of their camping out in the mountains
-that they came across the fat boy, Tom Chubb.
-
-Some school chums of his at a distant academy had made Tom believe
-they were going to let him help them cut down a bee tree. They induced
-him to lug along a heavy log chain nearly ten miles. Then they scurried
-away, leaving him to guess the trick that had been played upon him, and
-to find his way back home alone at midnight the best way he could.
-
-Bob and his friends had come across Tom, and had given him food and
-shelter for the night. Bob had told him how to get even with the
-schemers. This was to buy two pails of fine comb honey from a farmer,
-and march back with it to the academy just as if nothing had happened.
-
-“He did it, fellows,” said Bob now. “He says he gave the whole school a
-royal treat, never told a word as to how he got the honey, and crowed
-over the fellows who played the trick till they were as mum as turtles.”
-
-“Well, he’s a pretty good fellow,” said Frank. “I hope he comes to our
-school.”
-
-“So do I,” echoed Sammy. “Here we are.”
-
-A turn in the road brought them in full sight of the village
-schoolhouse. They hurried forward eagerly. There was always a novelty
-in the first day at school. They looked over the bright active scene
-before them with interest.
-
-“Pretty near the same old crowd,” said Sammy. “See, there’s Nellie
-Somers.”
-
-“Hum!” spoke Bob, slyly, “how is it you always manage to see her first,
-Sammy?”
-
-“Don’t get smart, Bob,” cried Sammy. “Oh, there’s little Benny Lane.”
-
-“And Jed Burr, big as life,” added Bob. “Look at him, Frank. I should
-think he’d get tired of that same old trick of his.”
-
-“What trick, Bob?” asked Frank.
-
-“Watch him and see.”
-
-Their eyes were fixed on a boy who was moving from place to place on
-the playground. This was Jed Burr. He was known as the bully of the
-school, and, except by a few chums of his own kind, was not very well
-liked.
-
-As a new arrival came upon the playground, he would go up to him and
-put out his hand as if to welcome him. Just now an innocent-faced
-little fellow put out his hand in response. Jed seized it, gave the boy
-a quick jerk, and sent him flat on his face with a great laugh.
-
-Jed spied the three friends as they came up, and hurried towards them.
-
-“Look out, fellows,” warned Sammy.
-
-“Oh, we know his tricks,” replied Bob.
-
-“You know, when he can’t catch a fellow with the hand-shake,” said
-Sammy, “he runs up to him when he isn’t looking and gives him a slap on
-the back that nearly knocks the breath out of him.”
-
-“Yes, and he calls that fun,” said Frank.
-
-“I hope he tries it on me,” said Sammy, with a chuckle.
-
-“Hello!” said Bob, with a sharp look at Sammy, “what are you up to?”
-
-“Never mind. You just watch me if Jed Burr tries it,” said Sammy.
-
-“Why, hello, Frank!” spoke Jed, reaching out his hand.
-
-“Fine, thank you,” smiled Frank, and he shook his own hand.
-
-“Yes, Jed, never better,” laughed Bob, putting his hand behind him.
-
-Sammy had turned clear around, facing the schoolhouse. Jed saw this,
-and his eye brightened. He even drew up his coat-sleeve, winked at
-Frank and Bob, stole up behind Sammy, and, bringing his hand across
-Sammy’s back, gloated out:
-
-“Hello, Sammy Brown—wow! ouch!”
-
-A wonderful change came over the face of the school bully. He drew back
-his hand as if it had touched red-hot iron. He wrung it with a pained
-look on his face.
-
-Sammy turned around, as cool as a cucumber.
-
-“Why, Jed, what’s the matter?” he asked, innocently.
-
-Jed Burr grumbled out something, stuck his hand in his pocket, and
-strode away with a scowl on his face.
-
-“What have you been up to, Sammy?” asked Frank, half guessing.
-
-“Oh, nothing but wearing a pin cushion between my shoulders,” chuckled
-Sammy in reply.
-
-Just then the bell rang, and the scholars began to flock into the
-little schoolhouse.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER II
-
-THE FIRST DAY AT SCHOOL
-
-
-FRANK HAVEN piloted Benny Lane among the crowding scholars. The little
-fellow used a crutch, and some of the rougher boys nearly swept him off
-his feet.
-
-“It seems like home again, doesn’t it, Sammy?” whispered Bob, as they
-took their places at their old desks.
-
-There was the usual hum and bustle that always took place on the first
-day of school.
-
-Miss Williams, the teacher, welcomed all the boys and girls with a
-pleasant smile. She gave the scholars time to settle themselves in
-their seats before she called the school to order.
-
-When she finally tapped the little bell on her desk everybody became
-quiet, except Jed Burr. He was leaning over towards Sammy’s desk,
-mumbling out something about getting even with him. Miss Williams
-tapped the desk sharply with her ruler, and looked right at Jed. He
-scowled at Sammy and then at the teacher.
-
-“There will be no school this afternoon,” began Miss Williams, and
-there was a great rustling about, and everybody grew eager and smiling.
-
-“The school board will meet here this afternoon,” went on the teacher,
-“so you will have a half holiday.”
-
-“Hurrah!” cheered Sammy to himself.
-
-Bob touched his foot with his own and chuckled.
-
-“This morning you will all come up in your turn and get your classes
-and lists for new books,” added Miss Williams. “The new scholars will
-come first, please.”
-
-Minnie Grey, a shy little girl whose folks were poor, and who carried
-milk and eggs around to sell mornings and evenings, got her list of
-books.
-
-She sat right in front of Bob. He could look over her shoulder and read
-the list. When he got his own he wrote and slipped her a note.
-
- “dear Minie,” it read, “I have got all the books you nead, and I am
- threw with them. You can have them after school.”
-
-Minnie had been looking over her list very solemnly. The cost of the
-books seemed a small fortune to her. She studied over Bob’s hasty note
-and her eyes sparkled. Then she wrote on her slate, and held it up so
-Bob could read the words:
-
- “You are a reel gude boy.”
-
-Jed Burr, who was watching everything Bob did, snickered. One of his
-crowd said “cluck-cluck!” in a whisper. Another one pretended to pull
-Minnie’s braid of hair as if it were a cow’s tail, and said “Moo-oo.”
-
-It made Jed madder than ever when he found he would have to go over the
-studies of the last term. Bob, Frank and Sammy were pleased to find
-that they were promoted to the third class, and would all have the same
-studies.
-
-Dave Duncan, who was a leader with the best crowd of boys, kept busy
-till recess time making up a list of the football teams. It got
-whispered about what he was up to, and most of the boys were thinking a
-good deal more of the coming sport than of their studies.
-
-Miss Williams went home at recess time for some reports she had left
-in her room. Most of the boys stayed in the schoolhouse, for Dave was
-telling of the make-up of the new teams.
-
-Jed Burr had a good deal to say about it, but Dave settled it all
-without his advice. When they had arranged their plans there were a few
-minutes left for play. The boys began chasing each other about the room.
-
-Bob, in dodging a boy who was chasing him, pulled open a door of
-a little storeroom just behind the teacher’s desk. He was intent
-on hiding, but the other saw his move. Bob only slipped inside the
-storeroom, and then sprang out again.
-
-Several times Jed Burr brushed by Sammy and Bob, and seemed to take a
-pleasure in bumping up hard against them. Bob paid no attention to his
-ugly ways.
-
-Then the teacher came back, and recess was over. There was half an hour
-of practising on some school songs. After that Miss Williams gave out
-some writing exercises to be done at home.
-
-She went to the little storeroom to fill an ink-well. Jed Burr threw a
-wad of paper at some girls as the teacher’s back was turned. He jumped
-on his seat and was getting ready to go through what he thought was
-some smart antics, when Miss Williams cried out sharply, and came back
-into the schoolroom.
-
-“Who pushed the large bottle of ink off the table in the storeroom?”
-she asked, sternly.
-
-No one replied. There was utter silence as she looked from face to face.
-
-“Some one did,” went on Miss Williams. “It lies broken on the floor,
-and the ink is all over the room.” And necks were craned to notice her
-black footmarks from the storeroom.
-
-[Illustration: _Bob Held His Breath, for It Was a Startling Sight_]
-
-Miss Williams waited a moment or two for some one to speak. Then she
-asked:
-
-“Has any one of the scholars been in the storeroom this morning?”
-
-“Yes, Bob Bouncer,” said a quick voice.
-
-Bob knew that it was Jed Burr who had spoken. He flushed a little, and
-rose to his feet.
-
-“I was in the storeroom, but it was only for a second, Miss Williams,”
-he said.
-
-“Then you broke the bottle of ink?”
-
-“No, ma’am, I didn’t,” said Bob.
-
-“You must tell the truth, Bob,” said Miss Williams. “If you broke it by
-accident, it could not be helped.”
-
-“I didn’t break it at all. I wasn’t near the table. I wasn’t over a
-foot inside the room, Miss Williams.”
-
-There was a sniff and a sneer. The word “stuff” was heard all over the
-room. Miss Williams looked very sharply at Bob. Then she touched the
-bell, with the words:
-
-“School is dismissed. Bob, you may remain.”
-
-Bob looked pretty glum as the other scholars trooped out. Jed Burr
-chuckled as he passed him. Little Minnie Grey was in tears. Frank was
-angry, and he hurried out after Jed to give him a piece of his mind.
-
-Miss Williams sat down at her desk and paid no attention to the lonely
-scholar left in the room. She knew Bob to be a good boy, but she knew,
-too, that he was proud and stubborn, and never liked to be censured
-before the whole school. She hoped that silence and thought would lead
-Bob to confess, if he had really spilled the ink.
-
-Bob heard the boys in the distance shouting and playing. It made him
-more gloomy than ever to think how they were planning for the football
-game that afternoon, and he was shut out from it.
-
-Miss Williams went on quietly writing at the desk. Bob got tired
-looking around the room. He dropped his head upon his arms and tried
-not to feel mean. Miss Williams thought he was sulking, and did not
-disturb him. Suddenly Bob raised his head quickly.
-
-“Sit still, dearie,” spoke a strange voice. “Sit still now, or I’ll
-stick you.”
-
-Bob’s eyes opened to their widest. The door of the storeroom was now
-open. A woman had come from it. She had stolen up behind the school
-teacher without being seen or heard by Miss Williams.
-
-As she spoke the words that caused Bob to look up, she grasped the long
-back hair of the school teacher in one hand. In the other she waved a
-long sharp-pointed pair of scissors.
-
-Miss Williams tried to turn around, but the woman kept a firm hold on
-the coils of her hair.
-
-“Why, Mary,” spoke the teacher, turning pale, but trying to act calmly,
-“how did you come here?”
-
-Bob also knew the woman at a glance. She was called Simple Mary. Some
-years before, her husband and child had been drowned in a great storm
-on Rainbow Lake. The shock drove the poor creature out of her mind.
-
-Since then she had had frequent spells, when the authorities had to
-shut her up in an asylum. Then she would be very quiet for weeks at a
-time, when she would roam about the country. Some kind-hearted people
-always gave her work or shelter.
-
-Bob held his breath, for it was quite startling to see Mary waving the
-scissors. Her eyes looked wild, and she was not in one of her quiet
-moods, that was certain.
-
-“I’ve been here hiding in the storeroom since before school,” began
-Mary, with a sly laugh.
-
-“Why, what for?” asked Miss Williams.
-
-“To wait for you.”
-
-“For me, Mary?” said the teacher, as calmly as she could.
-
-“Yes, ma’am. You see, I expect my little child home to-night. You know,
-she has been away at school for nearly four years.”
-
-“Indeed, Mary,” replied Miss Williams, humoring the delusion of the
-poor mother. “That will be very nice, indeed.”
-
-“Yes, ma’am. I’m making her a beautiful doll, and I need some hair for
-its head. You have got such lovely hair, I want it. Now, if you hold
-still I won’t hurt you, but if you don’t I will have to stick you.”
-
-Mary’s eyes glared as she said this. Miss Williams was very much
-frightened, but she sat perfectly still.
-
-“If you will come home with me, Mary, I will give you some hair I have
-that was cut off when I was sick.”
-
-“No, ma’am, I want this hair,” replied Mary, stubbornly. “Oh, how
-pretty it will look on the doll!” she cried.
-
-Bob made up his mind that it was time for him to act. He saw that the
-witless woman would either cut off Miss Williams’ hair, or hurt her
-with the scissors.
-
-“It’s lucky I’m here,” thought Bob, “even if I was kept in for nothing.”
-
-Bob stooped low in the shadow of the desks, and crept down the aisle.
-As he got clear of the last desk, Mary pulled back the head of the
-teacher. Miss Williams uttered a faint scream.
-
-“I don’t want to hurt you, but you must keep still,” cried Mary, quite
-angrily.
-
-Bob reached her side in a quick dash. He reached out so strongly that
-he managed to wrench the scissors from her hand. Giving them a fling
-away over beyond the last row of desks, Bob got a firm grip on Mary’s
-wrist.
-
-Miss Williams saw what he had done and gave a glad cry.
-
-She at once seized the other wrist of Mary. Then both held her a
-prisoner.
-
-Mary got very wild. She turned on Bob and her eyes were blazing.
-
-“You bad boy!” she cried. “When I get my scissors again I’ll cut your
-fingers off.”
-
-“Now be sensible, Mary,” pleaded Miss Williams gently with the
-struggling woman. “You don’t want me to send for the constable and have
-you taken back to the poor farm, do you?”
-
-This terrified and finally quieted the mad woman.
-
-“Oh, no, no!” she cried. “Please don’t do that; please don’t!”
-
-“See here, Mary,” said Bob, “you know my mother?”
-
-“Yes, I do, Bob,” answered the woman, nodding.
-
-“She’s your friend, isn’t she?”
-
-“Yes, indeed! She gave me a week’s work and a nice room all to myself
-last spring.”
-
-“Well, you come with me, Mary,” said Bob, “and we’ll go up to the
-house. My mother has been making a silk quilt, and I’m sure she has
-some pretty pieces she’ll give you to fix up your doll.”
-
-“Oh, won’t that be fine!” cried Mary, in childish glee. “Yes, yes,” she
-said; “take me there right away, will you?”
-
-They felt safe now to let go of Mary. She clapped her hands in great
-glee, and seemed to have forgotten about cutting off the teacher’s hair.
-
-“Mary,” asked Miss Williams, “have you been hiding in the storeroom
-ever since school began?”
-
-“Oh, yes, ma’am, and long before that”
-
-“Did you tip over a bottle of ink in there?”
-
-“I didn’t mean to, but I did,” said Mary.
-
-“Well, never mind; it was an accident. I am very sorry, Bob, I
-suspected you of hiding the truth, and kept you in.”
-
-“It’s good you did, the way things have turned out, isn’t it now, Miss
-Williams?” laughed Bob.
-
-“I shall tell the scholars that I was in the wrong,” said the teacher.
-
-“Oh, you’re never much in the wrong,” said Bob, gallantly. “All the
-fellows know you’re always fair and good to us.”
-
-“Thank you, Bob.”
-
-“Come on. Let us run,” spoke Mary, and Bob let her take his hand.
-“Remember, now, I’m to have some of those fine silk patches?”
-
-“I am sure my mother will give them to you, Mary,” replied Bob.
-
-Some of the Burr crowd hooted and jeered as they saw Bob with Simple
-Mary. Sammy ran after him, and Bob explained matters to his chum.
-
-“Be sure to get back here by one o’clock, Bob,” called out Sammy, as
-they parted.
-
-“Is there going to be a game?” asked Bob.
-
-“Yes, a fine one, and our crowd needs you.”
-
-“I’ll be on hand,” promised Bob.
-
-Mary chatted in her childish, innocent way. When they reached the
-Bouncer home Mary sat down on the grass to pet a little kitten. This
-gave Bob a chance to get to his mother and explain how matters were.
-
-Mrs. Bouncer came out, in her pleasant, kindly way, and took Mary into
-the house. Bob knew that his mother would do all that was right for the
-poor lady, and set about his noon-time chores.
-
-He had his lunch and then went up to his den to get some of his
-football togs. When he came down his mother told him that the village
-sewing circle was to meet at the house that afternoon. They would
-arrange for the comfort and safety of Mary in some way, she said.
-
-As Bob started from the house he saw Mary seated in the little
-summer-house, looking over some pretty pieces of silk like a pleased
-child, and singing to herself in a happy, contented way.
-
-“I’ve got lots of time,” said Bob to himself, as he walked down the
-street, “but I’ll get to the field early, so as to have a talk about
-the game with Dave.”
-
-“Oh, Bob! Bob!” called out a hurried voice, as he was passing a neat
-little cottage, setting somewhat back from the street.
-
-Its owner and tenant, Miss Simmons, the prim old maid of the village,
-came out to the gate. She looked worried.
-
-“Bob, will you do me a favor?” she asked, in an excited way.
-
-“I’ll be glad to, Miss Simmons,” replied Bob.
-
-“Well, my little nephew Walter has been staying with me for a few days.
-He has been missing for over an hour. I thought he was playing with
-some neighbors’ children, but I find that none of them has seen him.”
-
-“Oh, he’s safe somewhere,” said Bob, seeing how nervous and frightened
-the old maid was.
-
-“Won’t you please try and find him?”
-
-“Of course I will,” replied Bob, promptly. “I’ll look myself, and if I
-don’t find him I’ll get the other boys to join in the search.”
-
-“Oh, thank you, thank you,” said Miss Simmons.
-
-Bob turned around to start down the street, when he chanced to look
-ahead of him.
-
-“Why, Miss Simmons, there is Walter now,” he said.
-
-“Oh, so it is,” cried the old maid, starting down the street.
-
-A dusty, tired-out little youngster came towards them. Bob walked on
-with Miss Simmons, until they reached him.
-
-“You bad little boy!” cried Miss Simmons, seizing Walter by the arms.
-“Where have you ever been?”
-
-“I’ve been playing postman, that’s all,” replied the little fellow.
-
-He perked up in a proud sort of a way as he said this, Bob thought.
-
-“Postman?” repeated Miss Simmons, with a sniff.
-
-“Yes, Aunty.”
-
-“What do you mean?”
-
-“Why, I’ve been giving out letters all along the street, ’way, ’way
-down it,” replied the little urchin, with a slow, long sweep of his
-chubby little arm.
-
-“What letters? Where did you get them?” asked Miss Simmons, sharply.
-
-“Just out of the box on your bureau, Aunty,” was the innocent reply.
-
-“Out of—my box—on—the bureau!” almost shrieked Miss Simmons, turning
-pale.
-
-“Yes, Aunty.”
-
-“And what did you do with them?” cried Miss Simmons, greatly excited.
-
-“I passed them out, just as our postman does, to all the houses.”
-
-“O-oh! o-oh!” screamed the old maid.
-
-Then she fell against the fence as if overcome, and slipped to the
-ground. She wrung her hands, and screamed outright. The amazed Bob saw
-her roll over on the grass in a fit of hysterics.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER III
-
-THE LOST LETTERS
-
-
-BOB hardly knew what hysterics were. He thought that Miss Simmons was
-in a fit.
-
-“Don’t get scared, Walter,” he said to the little boy, who was
-frightened and began to cry.
-
-Bob jumped over the fence and ran to the pump in the yard. A cup hung
-on a nail. He filled this with cool, fresh water, and ran back to Miss
-Simmons. She was sitting up by this time and moaning, but she saw him
-coming.
-
-“Don’t throw that water on me,” she said. “I’m only faint. Let me
-drink. Oh, those letters! those letters!”
-
-Miss Simmons got to her feet, and at once fell against the fence again.
-Bob wondered why she was so stirred up.
-
-“I wouldn’t get so excited if I were you,” he said. “What about the
-letters, Miss Simmons?”
-
-“Oh, I can’t tell. That is—they are very precious—I mean important,”
-stammered the old maid, covering her face with her hands.
-
-“Maybe I can get them back for you.”
-
-“Oh, could you? Can you?” cried the woman, eagerly.
-
-“I can try,” said Bob. “Were there many of them?”
-
-“Just twenty, Bob,” replied Miss Simmons.
-
-“Twenty? Were they all addressed to you?”
-
-“Yes, years ago. Oh, I must get them back at once, Bob—at once,” and
-she acted as if she was going into another fit.
-
-“Maybe people will bring them back to you,” said Bob.
-
-“But they would read them first. Oh, I should die if they did! I would
-leave town. Everybody would be laughing at me.”
-
-“What would they laugh for?” asked honest Bob.
-
-Miss Simmons did not reply to this. She only wrung her hands and looked
-worried to death.
-
-“Oh, Bob, please try and get those letters back,” she begged of him.
-“I’ll pay you well.”
-
-“I don’t want any pay,” said Bob. “Here, Walter, you come with me and
-show me what you did with those letters.”
-
-Bob caught hold of Walter’s hands, but the little fellow hung back.
-
-“I don’t want to go,” he whimpered.
-
-“Why not?” asked Bob.
-
-“I’m all tired out.”
-
-“I’ll carry you on my back part of the way,” promised Bob, “and I’ll
-make you a fine kite next Saturday.”
-
-“Oh, goody! I’ll go, I’ll go,” cried Walter.
-
-“Now, Miss Simmons, you go in the house and get some rest and quiet,”
-said Bob.
-
-“Do you think you can get the letters back?” asked Miss Simmons,
-anxiously.
-
-“Don’t worry now,” said Bob. “I’m going to do the best I can, and, you
-see, I stand a good show, getting after them so quickly.”
-
-Miss Simmons went into the house, and Bob hoisted Walter to his back.
-
-“Now then,” he said, “you must tell me just what you did with those
-letters.”
-
-“Yes, I will,” replied the little fellow, greatly delighted at the ride
-and the promise of a kite. “You see, I went down this street to the
-next corner.”
-
-“Yes,” nodded Bob.
-
-“Then I turned and went down one side of the next street and back the
-other.”
-
-“What did you do with the letters?”
-
-“I went up on the stoops, just like the postman, and left a letter on
-each step.”
-
-“Did you knock or ring the bell?”
-
-“Oh, no.”
-
-“Why not? The postman does.”
-
-“Yes, I know that,” said little Walter, “but I did it as a s’prise.”
-
-“Oh, a surprise?”
-
-“Yes, s’prise. That’s the first house,” said Walter, pointing around
-the corner as they reached the next street.
-
-Bob lowered Walter to a hitching-block, and went up the walk leading to
-the house before which he had halted.
-
-“That’s good,” he said to himself, as he saw the end of an old envelope
-sticking out from half-way under the door.
-
-“One of the twenty letters, anyway,” added Bob, placing the envelope in
-his pocket, as he read the address of Miss Simmons upon it.
-
-At the second house he saw no letter lying around the porch. A lady
-came to the door. She knew Bob.
-
-“I am looking for a letter Miss Simmons’ little nephew left on your
-door-step,” he said.
-
-“Oh, yes. I saw him come in, and I thought it was a circular. Then I
-noticed Miss Simmons’ name on it, and guessed the little fellow was up
-to some boyish prank. Here it is. I was going to return it to her.”
-
-Thus Bob went down one side of the street. At every place but one he
-found the letters where they had been left. At the one place a boy had
-found the letter, and carried it as far as the street, and threw it
-into the grass, where Bob now found it.
-
-By the time Bob had gone up the other side of the street nearly to its
-end, he had gathered up sixteen of the lost letters. There was only one
-house left. It was a big residence. A rich family named Dunbar lived
-there. Bob knew they were still absent at some summer resort.
-
-“Did you leave any of the letters here, Walter?” he asked of his little
-charge.
-
-“Oh, yes, all of the rest of them.”
-
-“How many?”
-
-“Three—no, four, I guess,” replied Walter. “You see, it’s a big house,
-and I thought a good many people would live in it.”
-
-“Where did you put the letters?” asked Bob.
-
-“I threw them right up on the porch.”
-
-“I don’t see them,” said Bob.
-
-The porch was sheltered by vines. Bob walked around the yard. He knew
-that no one occupied the house just now. There was quite a breeze,
-and he thought that maybe the wind had blown the letters out into the
-garden.
-
-Bob looked all about the lot. It slanted at the rear to a little creek.
-He noticed papers and leaves all along this, but he did not come across
-the missing letters.
-
-“They must have blown away,” he said to himself, “unless they’re on the
-other end of the porch. I’ll look there.”
-
-Bob went up to the steps. He paused, a little surprised, as he noticed,
-stretched out on a rustic settee in its shade, a shabbily-dressed man
-he had never seen in Fairview before.
-
-“Hello, mister,” spoke Bob.
-
-“Why, hello, lad,” replied the man, getting up and looking Bob over in
-a sharp, quick way. “Belong here?”
-
-“No, I don’t,” said Bob.
-
-“Neither do I. You see, I am tramping it through town. Sort of hot and
-dusty. Nobody living here, so I thought no one would grudge me a trifle
-of rest.”
-
-“No, indeed,” said Bob, glancing all about the porch.
-
-“Looking for something, lad?” asked the tramp, noticing this.
-
-“Why, yes, I was,” answered Bob.
-
-“What was it?”
-
-“Some letters. That little boy out at the gate got hold of some letters
-of his aunt, Miss Simmons. She lives down the street. He played
-postman, and left them at a lot of houses.”
-
-“Oh,” said the man, slowly, as if thinking hard, “that’s it, eh?
-Valuable letters?”
-
-“Why, I don’t suppose so,” replied Bob. “They were old letters that
-Miss Simmons had kept for a good many years. She is dreadfully upset
-about losing them.”
-
-“Say,” grinned the man, “I’ll bet they’re old love-letters.”
-
-“Maybe,” replied Bob. “Anyhow, there were twenty of them.”
-
-“Twenty?”
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“Did you find any of them?”
-
-“All except four,” replied Bob. “Little Walter says he left those on
-this porch here. You didn’t see them, did you, mister?”
-
-“Me? No,” said the man, in a sort of a shifty way.
-
-“I thought you might, having been here probably when the little fellow
-left them.
-
-“Oh, I was snoozing,” declared the man. “Where do you suppose they went
-to?”
-
-“I think they have blown away among the litter down by the creek,”
-explained Bob.
-
-“Yes, that seems likely,” said the man.
-
-He slouched down the steps and loitered about the gate as Bob took
-little Walter away towards the home of Miss Simmons. As he turned into
-her yard he happened to glance back. The man he had just left stood in
-the middle of the sidewalk, watching where he went.
-
-“Did you find them—oh, did you find them?” asked Miss Simmons,
-anxiously, as Bob came up the steps.
-
-“Most of them, Miss Simmons,” replied Bob, handing her sixteen of the
-letters.
-
-“There are four of them missing,” said the old maid, counting the
-letters.
-
-“Yes, ma’am. I know where Walter left them, though.”
-
-“Where, Bob?”
-
-“At the Dunbar house.”
-
-“There is no one at home there now.”
-
-“I know it, but the letters were gone. Tell you, Miss Simmons, I feel
-pretty sure the wind blew them across the yard and in among a great lot
-of litter near the creek.”
-
-“Oh, I hope so! Oh, I hope no one will ever find them!” sighed Miss
-Simmons. “I haven’t got any change in the house, Bob, but when you come
-by again stop in, and I’ll give you ten cents.”
-
-“Don’t think of it,” replied Bob. “When I have time, Miss Simmons, I’ll
-make another search for those four missing letters.”
-
-“You’re a good boy, Bob.”
-
-“Thank you, Miss Simmons.”
-
-“And—and, Bob, please don’t tell anybody I took on so about those
-letters.”
-
-“Oh, no, ma’am, I won’t,” promised Bob.
-
-He went on his way, whistling. The man he had met at the Dunbar house
-had gotten out of sight by this time. Bob supposed he was some tramp
-passing through the village. He forgot all about him, and Miss Simmons,
-too, as he hurried towards the schoolhouse.
-
-There was a fine meadow right near the school grounds. This had been
-chosen as a favorite spot for sport. The baseball and football teams of
-the town played there regularly. It was marked off for both games, and
-there were some benches at one corner of the field. At the other end
-there was a tennis court.
-
-“Those letters have made me late,” said Bob to himself, as he passed
-the schoolhouse and saw the crowd of boys already gathered on the field.
-
-Dave Duncan was just telling off the school teams for football. There
-was some squabbling, as usual, on the part of Jed Burr.
-
-“I’m not going to play till my right tackle comes,” he declared.
-
-“Oh, we can’t wait for that,” said Dave.
-
-“You’ve got to. You ain’t running my crowd.”
-
-“I don’t want to,” said Dave, “but if you make me the manager I’ve got
-to have some say, haven’t I? We’ll only practise this afternoon, and
-get in trim for the real game Saturday.”
-
-“All right,” grumbled Jed.
-
-There was a merry boyish scramble as the game began. Not much attention
-was paid to the rules, and that made it better than ever. Bob was quick
-and active.
-
-The boys had been playing for about twenty minutes, when a kick past
-goal meant three hand-running for his side. He had got the football,
-and was in position for a splendid play, when he saw Jed making for him
-to spoil it.
-
-“No fair!” shouted Sammy, Bob and some others.
-
-Jed paid no attention to this. He ran forward all the faster. This made
-Bob hurry. He gave the ball a wild kick.
-
-“Hurrah!”
-
-“Ya-ah! three times and out!”
-
-Bob, with a good deal of pleasure, watched the leather sphere swing
-past Jed. Then, with a little start, he stared hard as it landed.
-
-A weazened old man was making a short cut across the end of the field.
-The ball landed directly against his stomach.
-
-It must have been going with some force, for at once the man doubled up
-like a jack-knife.
-
-He fell flat to the ground, his hat flying in one direction and his
-cane in another. Sammy ran up to Bob with a look of dismay on his face.
-
-“I say, Bob,” he spoke hurriedly, “we’re in for it now—it’s old Silas
-Dolby!”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IV
-
-SOMETHING OF A MYSTERY
-
-
-“THE mischief!” cried Frank, as he joined Bob and Sammy.
-
-Jed Burr and his crowd thought it was funny to see the old man flounder
-around.
-
-“Buffer!” cried one of them.
-
-“Hey, want a back-stop?” echoed another.
-
-“He’s smashed something,” spoke a third.
-
-“Seems to be his watch,” reported the first speaker.
-
-“You’re in a fix, Bob, this time, sure,” said Sammy.
-
-“I’m sorry it’s Mr. Dolby,” replied Bob. “He doesn’t like any of us any
-too well.”
-
-Silas Dolby was a miserly old man who had few friends in Fairview, and
-he was tight-fisted, cross, and too shrewd to please honest people.
-
-Bob, Frank and Sammy were “down in his bad books,” as the saying goes.
-It was none of their fault, but rather a merit. While camping in the
-mountains on Sammy Brown’s treasure search, they had found a pocketbook.
-
-This they gave to Frank’s father, who looked it over. It belonged to
-Silas Dolby, who had lost it, and was full of papers. Among them Mr.
-Haven found some notes that should have been given to a poor widow in
-the village, the mother of little, crippled Benny Lane. It seemed that
-her husband had paid money on a mortgage on their little home to old
-Dolby. After Mr. Lane died the miser said nothing about this. He was
-going to turn Mrs. Lane out of her house. When Mr. Haven told of the
-hidden notes, they made old Silas Dolby turn the house over to its
-rightful owner. This made Mrs. Lane a happy woman, but after that Mr.
-Dolby snarled and glared at the boys whenever he came near them.
-
-“Hold on, Bob, I’ll try and explain to Mr. Dolby,” said Frank, as Bob
-started towards the prostrate man.
-
-“No, I’m going to face the music myself,” replied Bob.
-
-The other boys had run forward to where the old miser was just getting
-to his feet. His face was wrathy, and he scowled at the crowd.
-
-“Here is your cane, Mr. Dolby,” said Frank, picking up the stick and
-offering it to its owner.
-
-“And here’s your hat,” added Sammy.
-
-“Who threw that ball at me?” roared the old miser.
-
-“Bob Bouncer kicked it,” said Jed Burr.
-
-“Oh, it was you, was it?” snarled the angry old man, making a lunge
-with his cane. Bob stood his ground.
-
-“Yes, Mr. Dolby,” replied Bob, “but it was an accident.”
-
-“Bah!”
-
-“I didn’t know anybody was crossing the field.”
-
-“Bosh! That ball has lamed my chest. I don’t know but what I’m hurt
-inside.”
-
-“Let us help you home, Mr. Dolby,” said Frank.
-
-“Get away!” shouted the old man, not much like a person very seriously
-injured. “See here, Bob Bouncer, I know your mean feelings towards me.”
-
-“I haven’t any,” declared Bob.
-
-“Bah! Well, whether you have or not, who’s going to pay for that?”
-
-Mr. Dolby pointed down to the spot where he had fallen. A half-sunken
-stone marked a base. In falling, it seemed that his watch had spilled
-out of his pocket. It had landed on the stone. There it lay, its case
-open and bent, and its glass face smashed in.
-
-“It’s too bad, I declare!” spoke Frank. “Mr. Dolby, we’re awfully sorry
-you broke your watch.”
-
-“I didn’t break it,” snarled the perverse old man. “You fellows smashed
-it—Bob Bouncer did. Think it smart, don’t you?”
-
-“No, I don’t,” answered Bob, “for I didn’t mean to do it.”
-
-“Well, I’ll make you smart for it, never fear.”
-
-“Maybe the watch isn’t much hurt,” said Sammy.
-
-“Hurt? It’s ruined!” cried old Dolby. “A valuable old timepiece, too.
-Why, I wouldn’t lose that watch for one hundred dollars.”
-
-“See here, Mr. Dolby,” spoke Frank, somewhat angry at the way the old
-man talked, “we’ll get the watch fixed for you.”
-
-“Huh! you’ll have to.”
-
-“My father has bought out the Jones jewelry store, and put my uncle
-in charge. I’ll tell him about the watch, and if you’ll give it to me
-he’ll mend it for you.”
-
-“Give it to you and never see it again?” sneered the old man. “Not
-much.”
-
-“Then fetch it down to the store, and my uncle will fix it.”
-
-Silas Dolby did not say much after this. He took up the watch, shook
-his cane at the boys, and went away grumbling to himself.
-
-“I hope that watch won’t cost much,” said Bob.
-
-“Well, I’ve got a dollar towards fixing it,” said Frank. “The money the
-chauffeur gave us, you know.”
-
-“We’ll all pitch in and work out the rest of it,” said Sammy,
-cheerfully, for he saw that Bob was rather glum over his bad luck.
-
-The accident quite dampened their spirits, and they did not take much
-more interest in the game.
-
-About three o’clock, as they were leaving the field, Dave Duncan came
-up to them.
-
-“Hi, you fellows,” he sang out in his usual lively fashion, “our crowd
-is in for a picnic to-night.”
-
-“Is that so?” asked Frank.
-
-“Yes, we’re to meet at the Cove at seven o’clock.”
-
-“A boating party, eh?” inquired Bob.
-
-“No, we call it a clam bake, but, of course, there won’t be many clams.
-We’ll have a big bonfire, and some of the fellows are going to bring a
-lunch.”
-
-“Jolly,” said Sammy. “I’ll be there.”
-
-“So will I,” added Bob.
-
-“Count me in, Dave,” said Frank.
-
-He and Bob and Sammy started homewards. They were all thinking of the
-broken watch.
-
-“I think I’ll go around to the store and tell my uncle about that
-watch,” said Frank.
-
-“I’ll go, too,” said Sammy.
-
-“I’ve got to go home for a bit,” said Bob. “But I’ll come around to
-your house in about half an hour.”
-
-“All right.”
-
-Bob went home. His mother at noon had asked him to call some time
-during the afternoon, to take a note to a lady living some distance
-from them. Bob got the note and delivered it. Then he started on his
-way to look for his chums.
-
-As he came to the street where Miss Simmons lived, Bob continued down
-it.
-
-“It’s only a block out of my way,” he said. “Maybe something new has
-turned up about those letters. I’m curious to know.”
-
-Just as Bob got near the Simmons place, he paused and drew back in the
-shelter of a big oak tree.
-
-“That’s queer,” he could not help saying, and he peered curiously at
-the gateway of the place. A man was just passing through it.
-
-The lad stood stock still and stared as he saw that this man was the
-tramp he had caught lounging about the Dunbar place. The fellow was too
-much taken up with what he was about to notice Bob. Besides, he started
-from the gate in the opposite direction.
-
-As he did so, Bob noticed that he was looking over some money in his
-hand. Bob caught sight of a green bank note, and heard some loose
-silver jingled. The man thrust this money into his pocket, and folded
-up a piece of paper that made Bob think of a note or a check.
-
-“I don’t understand that at all,” spoke out Bob. “And I don’t like it
-at all,” he added, after a moment’s thought. “I guess I’ll see Miss
-Simmons.”
-
-Bob entered the yard. As he came up the steps of the porch he heard
-some one sobbing. Looking towards the other end of the porch he made
-out Miss Simmons.
-
-She was seated in a porch rocker and looked very wretched. As she saw
-Bob she tried to hide her tears.
-
-“Why, what is the matter, Miss Simmons?” asked the lad in a kindly way.
-
-“Oh, nothing,” replied the old maid. “You see, I have had a very trying
-afternoon.”
-
-“I suppose so,” said Bob. “Miss Simmons, I just saw a man leave here.
-He’s a stranger in Fairview, I think.”
-
-Miss Simmons looked quite startled at this. She flushed a little and
-clasped her hands nervously.
-
-“Why—why, Bob, I guess he is,” she stammered.
-
-“Was he begging? I think he is a tramp.”
-
-“Yes, that’s it,” nodded the old maid, quickly.
-
-“I thought I would stop in as I was going by,” said Bob. “I’ll try and
-get time to look again for those four missing letters this afternoon,
-Miss Simmons.”
-
-“Oh, no, you needn’t do that.”
-
-“Why not?”
-
-“Because they have been found,” said Miss Simmons. “See, I have them
-all now,” and she drew aside her apron to show a package in her lap.
-
-“Well, I’m awful glad you got them back,” said Bob.
-
-He was very much surprised, but Miss Simmons did not explain any
-further.
-
-“I guess I’ll go,” he said, moving down the steps. “If I can help you
-in any way, Miss Simmons, please tell me.”
-
-“No, Bob,” replied the old maid, “there is nothing you can do. I am
-greatly obliged for what you have done. I’ll have a little change for
-you when I see you again.”
-
-Bob went away slowly. He did not at all like the looks of things.
-
-“Sort of funny,” he thought. “She has got those letters back, she says.
-How did she get them? I’ll bet I know. That tramp found them.”
-
-Bob walked along, figuring out his own ideas.
-
-“I feel pretty sure that tramp told me a story,” he said to himself. “I
-was goose enough to tell him about the letters and Miss Simmons. He had
-the letters all the time he was pumping me on the porch of the Dunbar
-place. Then he came to Miss Simmons and made the poor woman pay a lot
-for them. How much, I wonder? I hope she wasn’t foolish enough to let
-the fellow rob her.”
-
-Bob had promised Miss Simmons that he would say nothing about the
-letters. A few minutes later he saw Frank and Sammy coming down the
-street.
-
-“I wish I could tell them about Miss Simmons, and see what they think
-about it,” he mused. “I can’t do it, though, and keep my word. Hello,
-fellows, which way?” he hailed, as he came up to his chums.
-
-“We’re going up to Mr. Dolby’s,” said Sammy.
-
-“What for?” asked Bob.
-
-“My uncle told me to go up there and get that watch,” explained Frank.
-
-“To have it mended?”
-
-“Yes, he says he’ll do it for nothing for us.”
-
-“That’s good!” cried Bob. “Come on, I’ll go with you. What’s that,
-Frank?” he asked, as he saw his friend put a key from his hand into his
-coat pocket.
-
-“It’s an extra key to the jewelry store.”
-
-“Are you going to carry one?”
-
-“Oh, no,” replied Frank, with a laugh. “My uncle got it made, and I’m
-to take it to my father, so if he ever wants to get into the store when
-uncle is away he can do so.”
-
-“I see.”
-
-“Father has put a lot of money into the business,” went on Frank.
-
-“So I heard.”
-
-“You see, uncle is a watchmaker, and both thought it would be a good
-thing to buy out the old jeweler, Jones, who wanted to move to the
-city.”
-
-The boys reached the Dolby house to find it shut up tight and as dismal
-looking as ever. Frank went up the walk, while his comrades waited at
-the gate.
-
-Just as he went up the steps there was a rush and a growl, and a savage
-dog came running up to Frank.
-
-[Illustration: _The Animal Growled and Sprang at Him_]
-
-Every boy in Fairview was afraid of the old miser’s dog. A good many
-had pelted him as they went by the place, and that made him ugly. Silas
-Dolby, it was said, half starved the poor animal, and that made him
-fierce.
-
-“Get back! Go away!” called Frank, backing away from the dog.
-
-The animal growled and sprang and snapped at him. Frank stumbled over a
-broken board. Then he picked up a crotched piece of tree wood. The dog
-fought him half way back to the gate, when Bob and Sammy came running
-up to the rescue of their chum. The dog had caught and torn Frank’s
-sleeve. They beat him off with switches, but the animal was vicious and
-stubborn, and followed them up.
-
-Just as they got through the gate and slammed it shut, Mr. Dolby
-appeared on the steps.
-
-“Hi, there; what are you up to?” he shouted.
-
-“I had a message for you, but your dog wouldn’t let me in,” said Frank.
-
-“What’s your message?” asked the old man, surlily.
-
-“My uncle says he will fix up your watch for you as good as new.”
-
-“Who pays for it?”
-
-“We have arranged for that.”
-
-“All right, I’ll take it down to him this evening.”
-
-Sammy was brushing the dirt from Frank’s clothing while this talk was
-going on.
-
-“I’m a good deal mussed up,” said Frank.
-
-“We won’t go into that yard again in a hurry,” said Bob.
-
-Frank was smoothing down his coat. He happened to feel in his pockets
-to see if everything was safe.
-
-“Hello!” he cried, suddenly.
-
-“What’s the matter?” asked Bob.
-
-“The key.”
-
-“What about it?”
-
-“It’s gone! You saw me put it in my pocket on our way here.”
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“It must have fallen out of my pocket over in the yard there.”
-
-“Think so? Oh, say, Mr. Dolby!” called out Bob.
-
-“Well, what is it?” asked the old man, who was just going back into the
-house.
-
-“I wish you would chain up that dog of yours for a few minutes.”
-
-“What for?”
-
-“Frank has lost a key in your yard, and he wants to find it.”
-
-“Key to what?” growled old Dolby.
-
-“To my father’s jewelry store,” explained Frank.
-
-“What were you doing with it?”
-
-“My uncle asked me to take it up to the house.”
-
-“Huh! You’re making a great lot of trouble.”
-
-Mr. Dolby picked up a heavy club off the porch and started after
-the dog. When the animal dodged his blows he flung the club at him,
-striking him on the ribs. The dog howled with pain, slunk into his
-kennel, and then his master chained him up.
-
-The boys now came into the yard. They looked and groped all over the
-garden where Frank had backed away from the dog. Silas Dolby stood
-watching them.
-
-“Give it up,” at length spoke Frank.
-
-“Yes, we’ve gone over the ground pretty well,” said Sammy.
-
-“Perhaps I lost the key before I came here,” added Frank. “Thank you,
-Mr. Dolby.”
-
-The old miser only grunted and scowled. The boys started for home.
-
-As they came to the next corner Bob chanced to look back. He hung
-behind his chatting companions for a moment or two.
-
-“That’s queer again,” he said to himself.
-
-He had seen a man turn into the Dolby place. It was only a glimpse he
-had of the fellow, but Bob was quite startled.
-
-“Hey, what are you lagging behind for?” called out Sammy, briskly.
-
-“Pshaw!” mused Bob, “I’ve got my head so full of that tramp, I take
-every stranger I see for him. It couldn’t have been him I just saw go
-into Dolby’s. And if it was, what of it?”
-
-With that Bob let the subject drift out of his mind. He joined his
-chums, who were gaily talking over their plans for the big bonfire on
-the beach of Rainbow Lake that night.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER V
-
-THE BIG BONFIRE
-
-
-“BOB, isn’t this fine?” cried Frank.
-
-“Jolly!” replied Bob, with vim.
-
-“And the eating—um! um!” gloated Sammy, nibbling at a toasted piece of
-cheese on the end of a stick.
-
-The big bonfire was in progress, and it was a great success. During
-the afternoon Dave Duncan and some friends had gathered up all the
-driftwood along the beach of Rainbow Lake for half a mile. It was now
-blazing cheerily.
-
-Others of the crowd had brought the eatables. A farmer’s boy had
-donated a quarter of a cheese. Another had brought a whole ham,
-home-smoked. The baker’s boy had come on the scene with a box of
-crackers and some doughnuts.
-
-It was a regular toasting bee. The great fire cast a cheery glow out
-over the beautiful blue waters of the lake. It lit up a group of
-lively, happy faces, The crowd roasted potatoes, ham, crackers and
-cheese. Forks made out of branches were used as toasters, and the
-novelty and variety gave the boys wonderful appetites.
-
-“I’m sorry Ben Travers and Dick Hazelton are missing this,” said Dave,
-sprinkling some salt into a luscious, roasted potato.
-
-“Yes, they promised to come,” spoke Sammy.
-
-“Here they are, now!” cried Bob, as two welcome figures came into the
-glow of the campfire.
-
-“Hurrah!” shouted half a dozen jubilant voices.
-
-Dick carried over his shoulder a great big corn popper, and Ben a bag.
-
-“Had to do some running around to gather up half a bushel of prime pop
-corn,” reported Ben.
-
-Soon there was the swish-swish! of the hard kernels in the popper.
-Then—pop-pop-pop! Eager eyes watched the little snow white mountain in
-the popper grow and try to burst its cage.
-
-“Here you are, fellows!” sang out Ben, emptying several quarts of the
-popped corn on the spread-out bag he had brought along.
-
-Ben had a can of salt, and each one fixed the corn to his liking.
-Very soon all hands had eaten their fill and were bubbling over with
-excitement and fun.
-
-Five mischief-makers, including Bob and Sammy, dubbed themselves a
-“Committee” to get up a programme. They went aside a little to make
-their plans. There were some suspicious and mysterious whisperings.
-Three of the crowd disappeared in the shadows down the beach.
-
-“Now then, fellows,” sang out Dave, mounting a rock, as if it was a
-throne, “attention and order.”
-
-“Set the ball rolling,” drawled out lazy Tim Barker, who had eaten so
-much that he lay flat on the sand.
-
-“Speech! speech!” called out Bob.
-
-“Yes, that’s good,” said Dave. “Let’s see—whom shall we select?”
-
-“Why, Clarence Brooks here is the orator of the school, isn’t he?” said
-Sammy, winking.
-
-Clarence was a fussy little fellow whose father was a public lecturer.
-He was always ready to speak a piece.
-
-“Give us ‘The Boy Stood on the Burning Deck,’ Clarence,” suggested
-Frank.
-
-“Oh, that’s too old,” sang out Tim Barker.
-
-“That’s why he knows it so well,” chuckled Dick Hazelton.
-
-“All right,” bowed Clarence, putting one hand behind him, as he had
-seen his father do on the lecture platform. “‘The boy——’”
-
-“Hold on!” cried Bob. “You’ve got to have a ‘deck’ to stand on.”
-
-“Here,” said Sammy, “this is just the thing for it.”
-
-An anchor log floated right near to the beach. It was pretty steady,
-and after some wobbling Clarence got a foot-hold on it.
-
-“‘The boy stood on the burning deck——’” he began.
-
-Flop!
-
-Splash!
-
-Mischief lovers hiding behind a near rock had given a rope tied to the
-log a sudden jerk. Clarence took a dive.
-
-His mouth was so full of water and sand, as they fished him out, that
-he could not say much. He acted pretty grumpy, until the next thing
-on the programme made him laugh with the others, and forget his own
-troubles.
-
-“A song!” shouted Bob.
-
-Everybody looked at Dudley Norton. He always sang at the school
-exhibitions.
-
-“Come on, Dud,” called out Dave. “There’s no piano here, but ‘What Are
-the Wild Waves Saying’ will sound real cute.”
-
-Dudley had a fairly good voice. He got the first line out all right.
-Then——
-
-Ba-a!
-
-Me-aiow!
-
-Honk-honk-honk!
-
-To-whit! to-whoo!
-
-Catcalls, hootings, imitations of all kinds of animals rang out from
-a dozen spots among the shrubbery of the bluff side, where one-half of
-the crowd had secretly placed themselves. At the end of every line they
-had some new hoots and calls.
-
-A hideous babel rang out at the end of the song.
-
-Dudley, however, stuck manfully to his task. As he sounded the last
-note something whizzed through the air. It was then that Clarence
-laughed.
-
-Some flying missile came whirling towards the bonfire. Then another,
-and another. The first one landed directly in the open mouth of the
-singer.
-
-Swish-chug-splatter!
-
-Dudley seemed to swallow the last note of the song. The second missile
-landed on the nose of the “chairman” of the crowd, Dave. The surprise
-and the force sent him backwards, and he landed flat on his back on the
-sand.
-
-“Yah-yahoo! Bob! bing! boo! Biggity-baggity, Blue! Blue! Blue!”
-
-This was the war-cry adopted by “The Blues,” as the Burr crowd had
-dubbed themselves. A regular shower of missiles began to rain down from
-the top of the bluff.
-
-“Tomatoes!” gurgled Dave, rubbing his face.
-
-“And ripe ones, too!” added Clarence, with a grimace.
-
-“Give them the chase!” said Bob.
-
-“No, they’ll round on us and spoil our campfire,” said Dave.
-
-The triumphant cries of “The Blues” died away in the distance. Then
-Dave suggested a game.
-
-The crowd was divided. A space about twenty feet either side of the
-fire was marked with stakes. It was a sort of “Hunt the Gray,” only
-that one side was given time to disappear in the darkness. They could
-hide along the beach, or in among the shrubbery of the bluff side, as
-they chose.
-
-Six of the party held “the fort,” as the staked-off space was called,
-three at either end. The other six were called “scouts.” They were sent
-out to rout out and capture “the enemy.” Any of the latter who got into
-the fort without being tagged, became a “ranger” for the next game as
-well.
-
-Every once in a while it was the rule that a ranger should give out a
-signal shout, so as to direct the scouts in the direction of his hiding
-place.
-
-Bob kept with his fellow rangers until they scattered to different
-points along the bluff side. Then he tried a scheme of getting into the
-fort on his own hook.
-
-There was not a foot on the bluff that Bob did not know by heart. He
-aimed to reach a point where a sharp descent led right down to the
-campfire. If he could get on a line between the stakes, and could run,
-tumble or slide fast enough, he counted on landing in the fort before
-any one could reach and tag him.
-
-Edging along in among the shrubbery, Bob finally reached the bare spot
-in the shelving bluff where he was to try his dash for the fort.
-
-“I guess the way is clear,” he said to himself, peering around the edge
-of a nest of shrubbery on a shelf of rocks.
-
-Then Bob was a good deal surprised to catch the sound of voices. At
-first he thought it was some of the Burr crowd lying in ambush, and
-pricked up his ears sharply.
-
-As he listened, Bob traced the voices right beyond him. They were
-men’s voices. By stooping and peering through a network of vines, Bob
-made out two men lying on the ground. There was light enough from the
-campfire to show that they had made a bed of leaves and branches, and
-that one of them had a green patch over one eye.
-
-“I know the other man,” said Bob to himself. “He is the tramp I met
-to-day.”
-
-Bob was very sure of this as he heard the voice of the man.
-
-“Yes,” he was saying, “I’ve picked up some money in the town.”
-
-“Then why don’t we go to some hotel and be comfortable?”
-
-“What’s the matter with this soft bed in such fine weather? Has a
-haystack got too common for you?”
-
-“No, but if you’ve got money, let’s enjoy it.”
-
-“H’m! See here, we’re partners, but I’m the boss.”
-
-“You act it, sure,” grumbled the man with the green patch over his eye.
-
-“I’ve got some money,” went on the tramp, “but we’re going to get so
-much more, that this little bit isn’t worth thinking of.”
-
-“Is that so?”
-
-“Yes, it is. We’re coming back here soon to rob a place where we’ll get
-a whole fortune.”
-
-“What place?”
-
-“Never mind, now. Why I want to stay here till we leave town early in
-the morning, is because I don’t want to be seen around here, so that
-when we come back again we won’t be known—see?”
-
-“I declare!” breathed Bob to himself. “These men are thieves! I wonder
-who they’re going to rob?”
-
-Bob became quite excited over what he had heard. It startled him to run
-across the tramp so many times in one day. He had had a poor opinion
-of the man all along. Now it was worse than ever. Bob fidgeted around,
-hardly knowing what to do next, when something happened.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VI
-
-BOMBARDED
-
-
-BOB heard some object come rolling and ripping its way along from
-the top of the bluff. It mowed down grass, snapped off bushes, and,
-striking a rock, bounded up like a rubber ball.
-
-“It’s a pumpkin,” said Bob. “Here she comes! Crackey!”
-
-The pumpkin cut through the vines that sheltered the tramp and his
-friend. The man with the green patch over one eye seemed to have heard
-it coming.
-
-He half arose, and just then the great yellow sphere struck him. He
-went flat as a pancake. The pumpkin rolled over him, struck a tree, and
-was smashed into a thousand pieces.
-
-“Uh! what’s this now?” spluttered the tramp, as pieces of rind, seeds
-and fiber rained over his body and face.
-
-“Get out of this!” cried his companion.
-
-“Yes, ’tain’t safe.”
-
-“It’s them boys. They’ve seen us, and are playing tricks on us.”
-
-“Let’s make ourselves scarce, then.”
-
-Bob was about ready to laugh at the comical event of the moment. Just
-then, however, he had all he could do to take care of himself.
-
-A second pumpkin came bounding down the bluff side. It took Bob across
-the ankles, and swept him off his feet. He was thrown headlong to the
-ground, doubled up like a ball. The boy grabbed at a bush, missed it,
-and went rolling over and over down the smooth incline.
-
-[Illustration: “_It’s Raining Pumpkins!_” _Gasped Bob_]
-
-There was a bare sheer descent for nearly thirty feet. Along this Bob
-sped, and he could not stop himself. He landed at the bottom of the
-slope, slid across the sand, and came to a stop not ten feet away from
-the blazing fire.
-
-“It’s raining pumpkins!” gasped Bob, sitting up and staring around him.
-
-All along the beach the yellow balls were bounding into view. He saw
-the guards and the scouts skipping about to get out of the range of
-the missiles. Fellows who had been in hiding came dashing down to safe
-ground. Dave gave the signal whistle for “All in.”
-
-The boys gathered excitedly about their leader.
-
-“See here, Dave,” cried Sammy, “this is the work of ‘The Blues!’”
-
-“Of course it is,” said Frank.
-
-“Let’s capture them,” shouted Bob.
-
-“Yes, it’s pretty near time to go home, anyway,” agreed Dave. “Keep
-together, fellows. If we catch any of them, we’ll put them through a
-course of sprouts.”
-
-“Hear them! hear them!” yelled Sammy.
-
-Derisive cries floated down to the beach. This nettled some of the
-boys. All of them were glad of a chance for new fun and excitement.
-
-“Divide, fellows,” ordered Dave.
-
-“Yes, surround the enemy!” cried Sammy.
-
-The two crowds scrambled up the bluff. Bob looked about for some trace
-of the two men he had found in their hide-out. They seemed to have
-gotten away from the spot.
-
-The two parties got to the top of the bluff and ran towards each other,
-hoping to capture the mischief makers in a group.
-
-They found a wagon which Jed and his friends had dragged from some farm
-near by, loaded for the market. It was only half filled with pumpkins.
-The rest of the load had been used to bombard the boys on the beach.
-
-“They’ve sneaked across the meadow yonder,” said Dave.
-
-“Yes, I see some of them now,” cried Sammy, eagerly. “See, they’re
-making for that grove yonder.”
-
-There was a hot chase. Sammy had called to Bob and Frank to join him.
-They and several others kept with Sammy.
-
-They reached the patch of timber and ran in and about it. They hunted
-in the bushes and even up in some of the trees, but got no sight or
-trace of the enemy.
-
-Suddenly the well-known signal of the crowd rang out over near some
-haystacks. The scattered group ran in the direction of the call. They
-came upon Dave and six of his fellows, who had formed a circle. In its
-center were two panting, done-out boys of “The Blues.”
-
-“We’ve got a couple of them,” said Dave.
-
-“Good!” echoed a chorus.
-
-“Find some ropes, fellows,” ordered Dave.
-
-Several boys ran towards a farm-yard near by. Bob noticed that one of
-the captives was Jed Burr.
-
-“What are you going to do with us?” asked Jed.
-
-“Douse him in the lake!” cried one urgent voice.
-
-“No, roll him down the bluff,” said another.
-
-“We’ll do better than that,” replied Dave. “Here, tie their arms behind
-them,” he ordered, as several pieces of rope were brought to him.
-
-“Hold on,” said Jed. “Fun’s fun, you know.”
-
-“Yes, you spoiled ours just now, so we’re going to have some fresh
-fun,” laughed Dave.
-
-Jed tried to fight off his captors, but the crowd found it easy to bind
-him and his companion.
-
-“Lead them over into the timber,” said Dave.
-
-This was done. In its loneliest part they halted. Ted was tied with his
-back to a tree.
-
-“Now you’ll have lots of time to think,” said Dave.
-
-“Yes, about pumpkins!”
-
-“And tomatoes!”
-
-“Ha! ha!”
-
-They left Jed to his fate, kicking and scolding. The other prisoner
-they took along with them. A little on their way, they heard Jed
-whistling and yelling.
-
-“Some of his friends will come and let him loose,” said Dave.
-
-“What are we going to do with the other fellow?” asked Bob.
-
-“Oh, we’ll give him a walk.”
-
-“Say, I’m due home,” said the captive.
-
-“Not quite yet,” replied Dave. “You’ve got a long tramp before you,
-sonny.”
-
-“I only rolled one pumpkin.”
-
-“That’s as bad as twenty-six.”
-
-“And it smashed before it hit any one.”
-
-“Never mind. We’ve got to make an example.”
-
-“Jed’ll make you smart for it.”
-
-“Oh, Jed is smarting himself about this time,” chuckled Sammy.
-
-“March!” ordered the leader.
-
-They made their prisoner dearly earn his liberty. He had to escort the
-whole crowd home. As they dropped out one by one, the unhappy captive
-had to keep right on with the others. Some of the boys took the longest
-way home they could think of, purposely.
-
-Dick Hazelton was the last one to reach home. He lived about a mile
-north of the town. They had dragged the captive around for nearly an
-hour at this time. As Bob was bidding Dick good night, the prisoner sat
-down in the road and began crying.
-
-“Oh, well, if it’s the baby act, let him off,” said Bob.
-
-He was tired out himself after an active and exciting day. When he got
-home, however, he did not forget to tell his father about the two men
-he had heard talking in the hide-out on the bluff.
-
-Mr. Bouncer seemed to take the matter quite seriously. Bob did not tell
-about Miss Simmons and the letters, nor about thinking he saw the tramp
-at Silas Dolby’s house. He only said that he had met the tramp several
-times during the day, before he saw him with the man with the green
-shade over his eye.
-
-His father went at once to the telephone and called up the village
-marshal. The next morning Bob learned that the officer had not been
-able to find the two tramps. They had probably left town.
-
-Bob, Frank and Sammy the next day went over the route they had taken
-when they went to the Dolby place. They found the dog chained up, and
-even made a new search in the miser’s yard, but they did not find the
-lost store key.
-
-That day, too, the story of Simple Mary was told about the school. Some
-Fairview ladies had gotten her a pleasant place to work on a farm. Miss
-Williams explained in open school about the broken ink bottle, and all
-Bob’s friends were made happy to see him cleared from a false charge.
-
-The wind-up of the big bonfire had made “The Blues” and “The Grays”
-more at war than ever. About all it led to, however, was closer rivalry
-in baseball and football games.
-
-Things started in smoothly at school. The daily routine of study had
-the usual fun mixed in with it. There was nothing very new or exciting
-until the second Monday of the term.
-
-Then, just before school commenced, as Bob, Frank and Sammy passed the
-house where Frank had stopped the runaway automobile, Sammy pointed
-towards it.
-
-“Hello!” he cried. “Some one has moved into that place since Friday.”
-
-“That’s so,” said Frank, noticing some big empty boxes on the porch,
-“and somebody is moving about there.”
-
-“I wonder if it’s the fat boy’s father?” spoke Bob.
-
-“I’ll bet it is,” said Sammy, as they walked on.
-
-“Hi, hello! you fellows!” sounded a breathless voice, a minute later.
-
-Tom Chubb came running out of the gate of the place the boys had just
-passed.
-
-“Oh, moved into town, have you?” asked Frank, shaking the hand of the
-fat boy.
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“We’re glad of it,” said Bob. “Where are you going?”
-
-“I’m going with you,” was the reply. “My father saw the teacher last
-evening, and I’m to start at school this morning.”
-
-“Hurrah!” shouted Sammy, waving his cap in the air.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VII
-
-THE SPELLING CONTEST
-
-
-TOM CHUBB was smiling all over his face at getting such a warm welcome
-from Bob and his friends.
-
-“Say, fellows,” he spoke, “I don’t pretend to know much, but I stick to
-a chum.”
-
-“Good for you!” cried Sammy.
-
-“There’s a fellow you don’t want to let stick to you,” spoke Bob.
-
-He pointed to Jed Burr, who was up to his usual trick of meddling with
-the affairs of others. Two little fellows were tossing a croquet ball
-to each other. Jed stood about half way between them, jumping up in the
-air, and trying to stop the ball.
-
-“No, I don’t like his looks one bit,” said Tom.
-
-Jed looked at Tom. He always had fun, as he called it, with green
-scholars. He made no move towards Tom, however, for he thought that Bob
-and the others had warned the fat boy against him. Besides that, Tom
-did not look as if he would mind one of Jed’s smart slaps on the back
-any more than he would a fly. Then again, it looked to Jed as if it
-would not be easy to pull the fat boy over with his famous hand-shake
-trick.
-
-“I guess he’ll leave me alone,” grinned Tom.
-
-“Well, look out for him, anyway,” warned Frank.
-
-“See that, now!” cried Sammy.
-
-Benny Lane sat on the grass near by, watching some girls skipping
-rope. The little crippled lad placed his crutch by his side. Suddenly
-Jed stooped down and picked it up. Swinging it as he would a club, he
-struck with all his might at the croquet ball three feet above his head.
-
-Crack! went the ball, stopped in its flight, and falling to the ground.
-
-Snap! echoed the crutch end, and went flying straight through the air,
-striking a little boy about twenty feet away.
-
-The lad was playing “Duck on the Rock,” and was nearly knocked over.
-The crutch end struck his cheek, scratching and bruising it, and he
-gave a cry of pain. Then, seeing the cause of his hurt, he raised the
-brick he had been playing with, and hurled it at Jed with an angry cry.
-
-“Good!” said Sammy, as the missile landed on Jed’s stomach, and sent
-him reeling back.
-
-The fat boy tried to get out of the way, but Jed stumbled and went
-flat. His feet swung out, and down came Tom, right on top of him.
-
-“Hi! get off!” roared Jed.
-
-“I can’t—I’m too fat,” declared Tom.
-
-“Ouch! you’re heavy.”
-
-“Can’t help it. Don’t wiggle so—you’ll tip me over.”
-
-“Help!” whined Jed, all out of breath. “Oh, take him off!”
-
-“Yes, I can’t lift myself,” chuckled Tom.
-
-Frank, laughing, pulled Tom to his feet. Jed groaned as if a big load
-had been lifted from him. He started to get up. But his misery was not
-ended yet.
-
-The little fellow he had hit with the crutch end had a sister, who also
-attended the school. She was a regular spitfire in temper. Now she came
-running up to Jed.
-
-“You great big ape, you!” she cried. “Striking my little brother!” And
-she grabbed Jed by the hair and held on. “You—hit—my—lit-tle—brother,
-did you!”
-
-“It was an accident,” gasped Jed.
-
-“Take that—and that! and that!”
-
-Jed roared like a whipped calf. At each word she spoke, the little miss
-gave him a hard box on the ears.
-
-By this time every boy and girl on the playground had gathered at the
-spot.
-
-“Oh, goody! goody!” cried some little girls, clapping their hands in
-glee.
-
-“You let go my hair!” blubbered Jed, making a pretty picture to look at.
-
-“And that!” cried the girl, giving him a last cuff, as he ran off.
-
-“Cow-ard! cow-ard!” shouted all the little fellows, as Jed, in shame
-and disgrace, sneaked away. He left his cap behind him, and was afraid
-to come back for it.
-
-“Tom,” said Sammy, slapping him on the back, “you fell down just in
-time.”
-
-“Sorry, but I’m so fat, you know!” grinned Tom, and everybody laughed.
-
-Jed Burr was grumpy all the rest of that day. He kept away from the
-games at recess. Bob noticed him and two or three of his favorite chums
-talking together in a mysterious way.
-
-“Tell you, Frank,” he said, a little later, “Jed looks pretty ugly at
-us.”
-
-“Oh, he’ll get over it,” replied Frank, lightly.
-
-“One of Jed’s friends hinted to me to-day that we’d better look out.”
-
-“Pshaw, Jed Burr is just squelched,” said Sammy.
-
-The seat the teacher gave Tom was not very comfortable for him. Bob had
-an end desk, and gave it up to Tom till the teacher could arrange for
-some other. Bob took the desk of a scholar who was absent.
-
-The next morning was announced for a spelling contest. This meant high
-marks for those who spelled best, and there was a great deal of talk
-and excitement over it.
-
-“Spelling is about all I know,” said Tom, the next morning, as he and
-Bob and the others wended their way to school.
-
-“Good at it, are you?” asked Frank.
-
-“Ought to be. My father wouldn’t get me my bicycle last year until I
-had the whole spelling book perfect from end to end. Say, you’ll just
-see me shine to-day.”
-
-After recess, the teacher named those who were to do the spelling. Jed
-Burr was absent, but two or three of his chums were on the list.
-
-“Alphabet,” “ardent,” “alder,” “animal,” “beauty,” “blanket”—there
-were no mistakes so far. Miss Smith gave out “cote.”
-
-“C-o-a-t,” said Sammy, proudly.
-
-“Next.”
-
-“C-o-t-e,” spelled Bob.
-
-Everybody laughed at this.
-
-“Correct,” said the teacher, “I should have explained that the word
-meant a pigeon-house.”
-
-There were a lot of misses after that. There was a great deal of fun,
-too, for some comical errors were made. One boy spelled knock “noq.”
-Another made “kwal” out of quail, and a pert little girl lisped out
-“sqwirm” when Miss Smith gave out the word “worm.”
-
-When the contest was over, Tom, two of Jed’s closest chums, and Bob
-received high marks. Tom was older than most of those in the class, and
-it was not wondered at that he did so well. Bob was always at the head
-of his class. The great surprise was that the friends of Jed, who like
-him were put down as very backward scholars, got high marks.
-
-Bob noticed that after the spelling was over Miss Williams went all
-through the papers in her desk. She acted quite thoughtful and serious.
-After the dinner hour, just before school commenced that afternoon, a
-little girl came out to the playground and spoke to him.
-
-“Miss Williams wants to see you, Bob Bouncer,” she said.
-
-“I wonder what for?” spoke Bob.
-
-He found Miss Williams alone in the schoolroom.
-
-“Close the door, Bob,” she said, as he entered. “Sit down,” she added,
-as he obeyed her and came up to the desk.
-
-The school teacher looked very serious. Bob wondered what it all meant.
-He sat waiting for her to speak to him.
-
-“Bob,” said Miss Williams, after quite a pause, “you did very well in
-your spelling to-day.”
-
-“Yes, ma’am,” replied Bob. “I tried to. I did the best I could.”
-
-“Did you have any help, Bob?” Miss Williams asked, looking straight
-into Bob’s face.
-
-“Why—I don’t know what you mean, Miss Williams,” said Bob. “Frank and
-I went over a lot of words at home, last night.”
-
-“I mean, you had no key, no idea of what words I was going to give
-out?” asked the teacher.
-
-“Oh, dear, no! How could I?”
-
-Miss Williams paused again. It seemed hard for her to go on, but she
-finally said:
-
-“Bob, I had two lists of words. One I had copied to send to a sister
-who is a teacher in the next township. Both were in my desk when I left
-the school last night.”
-
-“Yes, ma’am,” replied Bob.
-
-“This noon I found one of them missing.”
-
-“Why, who could have taken it?” said Bob.
-
-“I am sorry,” replied Miss Williams, “but I found it in your desk.”
-
-“In my desk?” cried Bob.
-
-“Yes, Bob.”
-
-“When?”
-
-“Just now. I searched all the desks. It was in yours, Bob,” went on
-Miss Williams, and her voice shook a little. “I think a great deal of
-you, and I do not wish to misjudge you, but you must explain this.”
-
-“Why, how can I?” spoke Bob. “I don’t know anything about the list.”
-
-“Have you any idea how it came in your desk?”
-
-“Why—yes, I have——”
-
-A sudden thought had come into Bob’s mind. It was a dreadful thought,
-too. He almost turned pale, he was so upset. Just like a flash a quick
-idea made him almost gasp.
-
-“Speak out, Bob,” urged Miss Williams, but Bob was silent. He hung his
-head and tried to think out a great muddle in his mind.
-
-“If you know anything about the missing list, Bob,” went on his
-teacher, “you must certainly tell me. If you suspect any one, it is
-right you should say so.”
-
-“Miss Williams,” replied Bob, making up his mind and looking up now, “I
-could make a guess, but I won’t do it till I am sure I am right.”
-
-“Bob,” said Miss Williams, “a week from Monday the school board meets.
-It is my duty to tell them what has happened. You know as well as I do
-that they will suspend or expel a scholar for using a key to any of the
-lessons.”
-
-“But I haven’t used any key. I never heard of the list until this
-minute,” declared Bob.
-
-“But you know who did take it. You will have to tell me whom to
-suspect, or I shall report to the board. That is all.”
-
-Bob left the schoolroom without another word.
-
-“It’s too bad!” he said, almost angrily, as he reached the outside.
-“I can guess who did it—and it’s too bad for him, too,” added Bob
-Bouncer, gloomily.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VIII
-
-THE MAD BULL
-
-
-“NEWS from the North Pole!” shouted Dick Hazelton, bounding into the
-playground, two mornings later.
-
-“What does that mean?” asked Bob.
-
-“Frost.”
-
-“When—where?”
-
-“On the pumpkins! You fellows who live in town don’t get up early
-enough to see what’s going on these crisp, bright days. Get ready for
-some new fun, fellows.”
-
-“What’s doing?” asked Frank.
-
-“Nutting.”
-
-“Hurrah!” cheered Sammy.
-
-“Walnuts down in the flats, and hickory nuts over in the North Woods,”
-said Dick. “See here, Frank, can’t we get the fellows to go Saturday?”
-
-“Of course we can,” replied Frank.
-
-“My crowd will go,” put in Jed Burr.
-
-“Thank you!” laughed Frank, slyly.
-
-“Say, what will I do?” asked Tom. “I’m too fat to climb trees.”
-
-“You can hold the bag,” chuckled Sammy.
-
-Bob looked at Jed, and then at Tom. Then he walked away to another part
-of the playground.
-
-“Hi, Bob!” sang out Sammy, running after him. “Where are you bound for?”
-
-“Nowhere.”
-
-“What’s the matter with you, anyway, the last day or two?”
-
-“Nothing.”
-
-“Yes, there is.”
-
-“I’m sort of feeling cross, that’s all.”
-
-Sammy fell back with a rather glum face, and Bob walked about alone.
-He was not feeling cross at all, although he thought he was. He was
-thinking.
-
-Bob had felt for two days that he was in disgrace. Miss Williams showed
-no change in her manner towards him before the scholars, but he did not
-feel as free and friendly with her as of old.
-
-Bob had worried some, but he had no hard feelings against anybody. He
-knew that he was not to blame about the stolen spelling list. One thing
-troubled Bob greatly, however; he believed that Tom Chubb had taken the
-list from the teacher’s desk.
-
-That was the very first thought that had come into Bob’s mind when Miss
-Williams spoke of the list. Bob hated to think that Tom could do a mean
-trick. Something he remembered, however, helped to turn his mind in
-that way.
-
-Ever since Tom had come to school, he had told a lot of stories of the
-ways down at Springville Academy. The boys there had taught him a good
-many tricks, as they called them.
-
-Tom said it was quite usual for the fellows to have key books and carry
-notes with them, when they were trying for a new grade. What was worse,
-the fat boy did not seem to see much wrong in these acts.
-
-So Bob had jumped at once to the conclusion that Tom had stolen the
-spelling list out of Miss Williams’ desk.
-
-“Didn’t he have every word right?” Bob asked himself. “How could it
-come in his desk, or rather my desk, which he was using, unless he put
-it in there?”
-
-Only guessing this, however, Bob was not willing to give the teacher
-the clew. Besides that, he would not betray a friend. He felt sorry for
-Tom, and he did not believe he could trust or like him as he had done.
-
-All this Bob had carried in his mind for two days. He did not tell
-Frank or Sammy about it, but he did not feel very good over the way he
-was being suspected by the teacher.
-
-“If Tom did take the list,” thought Bob, “and they fasten it on him, he
-will certainly be expelled. That would be pretty bad for his folks, for
-he didn’t seem to have been a very bright scholar before.”
-
-Just now, Bob had some new thoughts about the affair. He had put some
-facts together that had not at first come to his mind. He remembered
-that Jed Burr had not been at school the day of the spelling test. He
-remembered, too, that two of Jed’s chums had come out better than they
-ever had before in the spelling.
-
-Putting this and that together, Bob wondered if it could be possible
-that Jed had tried to “get even” by getting him into new trouble, just
-as he had when the bottle of ink in the storeroom was found broken.
-
-If Jed had done this, he must have done it after school, when the
-teacher and all the scholars were away, and forgetting that Tom was
-just then using Bob’s desk.
-
-“I won’t speak to Tom about it, not just yet, anyway,” decided Bob. “If
-he didn’t do it, he will feel bad at my thinking he did. If he was bad
-enough to do it, he will deny it, of course. It’s some days before the
-school board meets. I’ll just keep quiet, and see how things turn out.
-I’ll keep a sharp eye, too, on Jed Burr and his friends.”
-
-Bob was in a better frame of mind by the time the school bell rang. He
-crossed the playground slowly. Most of the scholars had got into the
-building. Just coming through the gate, and hurrying along as fast as
-they could, were Minnie Grey and little crippled Benny Lane.
-
-Minnie had hold of Benny’s arm and was urging him along. The little
-fellow was using his mended crutch the best he knew how. Minnie wore a
-red winter cape, for the mornings were beginning to get quite chill.
-She was hurrying so fast that this fell from her shoulders. She did
-not stop to pick it up. Instead, she acted as if too frightened to do
-anything but run and make Benny keep up with her.
-
-“Why,” cried Bob, suddenly, “that bull is chasing them!”
-
-Just then Bob caught sight of the animal. It came rushing down the road
-Minnie and Benny had just left. The bull was roaring, its head down,
-its tail lashing the air.
-
-“Hurry! hurry!” shouted Bob.
-
-He ran towards the gate as fast as he could. As he got between it and
-the two children, the bull lowered its horns.
-
-There was a post midway in the gate space. The animal could not get
-through without getting this out of the way. Bob saw the bull make a
-great rush. Its big horns struck the post, and snapped it off near the
-ground as if it were a mere pipe-stem.
-
-Bob cast a quick glance at the two children. They were still fully
-fifty feet from the schoolhouse. Minnie was about dragging Benny along,
-who had begun to cry in terror.
-
-“It’s Farmer Doane’s big bull, the one he always keeps shut up,” said
-Bob. “They say he’s very ugly. He gored and killed two pigs last week.
-He must have broken out. It’s that red cape that roused him up.”
-
-Bob made a run for the spot where the cape lay on the ground. He
-snatched it up just in time. The bull with a great bellow was making a
-rush after the two children.
-
-[Illustration: _He Made a Bee-line for the Schoolhouse_]
-
-“I’ll have to do some dodging,” thought Bob, “but I’ve got to keep him
-away till Minnie and Benny get into the schoolhouse.”
-
-What Bob tried to do now was to get the attention of the animal away
-from the children. He gave the red cape a fling right into the face of
-the animal. It fell at one side. The bull eyed it and made a dash for
-it.
-
-“Good! they’re safe!” cried Bob, as he saw Minnie and Benny pass
-through the open doorway of the schoolhouse. They fairly fell over the
-threshold in their wild haste and fear.
-
-The bull drove its head down at the cape. Then the animal stamped it to
-fragments in the soft sod. Then with a frightful bellow it started for
-Bob.
-
-“It’s a run, and a fast one,” thought Bob.
-
-He made a straight bee-line for the schoolhouse, not daring to risk
-looking behind him. He could hear the great thudding hoofs of the
-pursuing bull strike the ground hard and fast.
-
-The animal snorted, and once Bob almost fancied he could feel its hot
-breath sweep the back of his neck. At any rate, it was an eager race.
-
-“I’ve made it!” cried the lad, breathless and excited, as he bounded
-over the threshold of the schoolhouse door.
-
-As he did so he knocked over Frank and Sammy, crowding towards it to
-see what was going on. Bob had just a glimpse of crowding, frightened
-boys and girls.
-
-“Shut the door!” he yelled, and got to his feet to help two of the
-scholars to give it a quick slam.
-
-Bob shot the bolt just in time. The door shook violently the next
-moment, as the heavy body of the bull grazed it.
-
-“What is it?” asked Miss Williams, hurrying from her desk.
-
-“It’s a mad bull,” said Sammy.
-
-“Are the children all in?” asked the teacher, anxiously.
-
-“They’re all right, Miss Williams,” replied Bob.
-
-Just then a frightful scream came from the side of the room.
-
-Crash! went the lower half of a window, sending splinters of wood and
-glass half way across the floor.
-
-The terrified scholars crowded to the other end of the room, as the
-bull, with a fierce roar and blood-shot eyes, stuck its head through
-the ruined window.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IX
-
-THE NUTTING PARTY
-
-
-THE schoolroom was in an uproar. Some of the smaller scholars were
-crying. Miss Williams looked quite pale.
-
-“Be quiet, children,” she said.
-
-“Oh, that cow will come in here and eat us all up!” blubbered one
-little girl.
-
-“Do not think of going outside,” said the teacher to Bob and Frank, who
-went towards the door, while Jed and his crowd made sure they were safe
-at the other end of the room.
-
-“We ought to get word to Farmer Doane,” said Bob.
-
-“You must not risk going out,” insisted Miss Williams.
-
-“The bull may go away,” spoke Sammy.
-
-“He doesn’t act like it,” replied Bob.
-
-They watched the animal from the window. The bull did not move away
-from the building. He walked around it twice, rooted up some vines,
-kicked the door-step loose, and looked in at the window.
-
-“We are in a state of siege,” said the teacher, “but there is no danger
-while we remain indoors.”
-
-This did not, however, quiet the scholars. Nobody thought of sitting
-down, and study and order seemed out of the question.
-
-“Can’t we do something, Bob?” asked Frank.
-
-“I’m trying to think if we can.”
-
-“Say, I wouldn’t like to tackle that animal,” said Tom, in a scared
-way.
-
-“Let’s throw something out at him,” suggested Sammy.
-
-“I think I know how to fix things,” said Bob, finally.
-
-“How?” asked Frank.
-
-“The bull keeps well on this side of the schoolhouse.”
-
-“Just now he does, yes.”
-
-“Well, you come over to the other side and open a window.”
-
-“What for?”
-
-“And let me out, and then shut the window quick.”
-
-“See here, Bob——”
-
-“You needn’t worry. I may not do all I hope to, but the bull won’t
-catch me.”
-
-“He will if he sees you.”
-
-“Not until I’m all safe and sound.”
-
-Frank knew that Bob was bold and brave, but not reckless. Something had
-to be done, so he went over to the window with Bob.
-
-“You watch, and tell us if the bull starts away from that side of the
-house,” Bob said to Sammy.
-
-“All right.”
-
-Frank lifted the window quickly. Bob was outside before Miss Williams
-knew of it. As he started on a run, Sammy set up a great shout of
-warning.
-
-The animal caught sight of Bob as he got past the end of the building,
-and started after him. Frank and the others, curious and breathless,
-watched Bob as he dashed across the playground.
-
-“Oh, he’ll be caught!” cried Minnie Grey, in affright.
-
-“No, he won’t,” said Sammy. “I see what he’s after.”
-
-“Oh, yes—the swing,” guessed Frank.
-
-Bob was too smart to think he could reach the fence before the bull
-could come up with him. About a hundred feet from the schoolhouse was a
-big swing. Two large dead trees formed the sides. Across their top was
-chained a big wooden log.
-
-Two holes had been bored through the log. The rope, a thick heavy
-cable, was run through these, and knotted.
-
-Bob reached the swing well ahead of the bull. He was a good climber.
-Spry and nimble, he was up one of the dead trees in a jiffy. The bull,
-headed for the swing, arrived under it as the boy got clear to the
-cross-piece, and sat astride of it.
-
-The animal moved around the swing in a circle, glaring up at Bob and
-bellowing. The lad pulled one knotted end of the rope up and cut off
-the knot with his pocket-knife, then the other.
-
-Now he made a stout slip-knot of one end. The other he tied around one
-of the side supports of the swing. He did not know much about lassoing
-animals, but the task Bob had set himself was a pretty easy one.
-
-The bull kept moving around in a ring. Once in a while it would rush up
-against one of the trees and prod with its horns. Then it would glare
-up at Bob and roar fiercely.
-
-“Now’s my chance,” said Bob, quickly, as the animal paced almost
-directly under the log piece on which the boy sat.
-
-Bob did not fling the rope. He just dropped its looped end. He was
-well pleased, as without any tangle with the horns the loop fell right
-against the neck of the bull.
-
-The instant the animal felt the rope it reared and shook its head. Then
-it started on a run. Bob clung close to the top beam of the swing, for
-he guessed what was coming.
-
-The bull was going pell-mell. As the loop of the rope tightened, it
-came to a halt so sudden and terrific, that the animal was forced to
-its knees.
-
-The swing shook and creaked, but Bob did not feel at all uneasy. The
-rope was strong and the sides were solid.
-
-“Hurrah!”
-
-“Good for Bob!”
-
-Cheers greeted the brave boy as he slid down one side of the swing and
-landed safely on the ground. Then he ran his fastest. There was no need
-of hurry, he found, as he halted outside of range of the bull. The
-animal had got a wrench that tamed it down a good deal.
-
-Bob saw that the loop was tight as could be about the neck of the bull.
-The more the bull tugged, the tighter it became. The boy started out on
-a new run, and waved his hand at the peering faces at the schoolhouse
-window.
-
-“I’m going to tell Farmer Doane,” he shouted.
-
-Bob came back in a quarter of an hour with the farmer. Mr. Doane
-brought a leather muzzle and a leading rope, and soon had the bull
-under mastery.
-
-Bob felt pleased and proud as he walked into the schoolroom. The girls
-were looking at him with beaming eyes. Tom Chubb could not help giving
-him a hearty slap on the shoulder. Miss Williams smiled at him in a
-grateful way.
-
-It took some time for the school to quiet down. Before studies were
-taken up, a little scrap of folded paper passed from hand to hand till
-it reached Bob. When he opened it, he read:
-
- “You are a reel heero, Bob Bouncer.
-
- “MINNIE,
- “BENNY.”
-
-At recess the little fellows crowded about Bob as if he was a hero,
-indeed, and the girls said all kinds of nice things about him.
-
-Bob still had in mind the trouble about the stolen spelling list. He
-felt a good deal better now, however, than he had done before.
-
-Miss Williams was kinder to him. Jed Burr was uglier than ever.
-
-Everybody looked forward to Saturday with a good deal of pleasure and
-excitement. About a dozen of the boys were going with the nutting
-party. They were to meet at a crossroads just south of the town.
-
-Bob, Frank and Sammy were on hand bright and early, each provided with
-a good-sized feed bag and some lunch. Jed and his friends came upon the
-scene a little later.
-
-Tom Chubb arrived panting and late. He went on to tell one of his
-wonderful stories about a dream he had about being in a cocoanut
-forest, and hated to wake up from it.
-
-“I say, Tom,” remarked Frank, “you’ve brought no bag.”
-
-“Me? Guess not,” replied Tom, smartly, sticking his hands in his
-pockets, and strutting around.
-
-“Why didn’t you?” asked Bob.
-
-“Oh, I carried things for some fellows once,” chuckled Tom, “and I
-don’t do it again in a hurry.”
-
-The boys laughed heartily at this hint of the time when some chums at
-Springville Academy got Tom to carry a heavy chain several miles to tap
-a bee-tree that did not exist.
-
-“Besides,” added Tom, “I’m too fat to climb trees, so I’m no use except
-to have fun with.”
-
-The party trooped down the pleasant country road, joking, singing, and
-hailing every farmer they met. Dick Hazelton met them about half a mile
-out of town.
-
-“Here’s our guide,” shouted Sammy.
-
-“Yes,” cried Dick, “and I’m going to lead you to the biggest raft of
-hickory nuts you ever laid your eyes on.”
-
-“Jolly!” shouted Sammy, waving his cap in glee.
-
-“I went over to the flats this morning early,” said Dick. “I tell you
-the nuts are prime for picking.”
-
-Jed and his crowd kept pretty well to themselves. As the crowd reached
-another cross-road they started down it.
-
-“Hold on, there,” shouted Dick.
-
-“What for?” asked Jed.
-
-“That’s the wrong way.”
-
-“It’s right enough for us,” retorted Jed, smartly.
-
-“This road is the shortest one to the flats.”
-
-Jed did not reply, but with his party swung off on the cross-road.
-
-“They’re up to something,” said Frank.
-
-“I wonder what it is?” asked Sammy.
-
-“Something to spoil our fun, I’m sure,” spoke Tom. “It’s just like
-them.”
-
-“I think they’re going to run for it when they get out of sight,” said
-Dick. “They are aiming to make a cross cut and reach the flats first.”
-
-“Suppose they do?”
-
-“Oh, they think they’ll gather up all the nuts. Huh! there’s a month’s
-picking for ten schools.”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER X
-
-“THE DAY OF THEIR LIVES”
-
-
-THE boys kept on their way. As they reached the farm where Dick lived,
-he took them all into the dairy. His mother came out and welcomed the
-crowd. She brought half a dozen tin cups.
-
-“Now then, boys,” she said, passing these around, “Dick will show you
-where the buttermilk is.”
-
-“Say,” spoke Tom, as he helped himself to the second cup of the cool,
-refreshing buttermilk, “I’d like to live here.”
-
-“Jed’s crowd are missing it, I tell you,” said Sammy, smacking his lips.
-
-“Dick, this is just fine,” spoke Bob.
-
-Mrs. Hazelton came out with a package of home-made cheese to add to the
-lunch, and the boys greeted her with a cheer and started briskly on
-their way.
-
-Their guide led them to a fence, over it, and through a dry watercourse.
-
-“Here we are, fellows,” he announced, pointing to a scattered grove of
-trees on the rise opposite.
-
-“Hurrah!” shouted Sammy. “I feel like a squirrel.”
-
-The crowd placed their lunches under a shady tree and started over for
-the hickory grove. Soon each one, except Tom, was scrambling up a tree.
-
-“There’s a rather low one over yonder,” said Tom to Bob. “I guess I’ll
-tackle it.”
-
-“What with?” asked Bob.
-
-Tom drew a stout slung-shot from his pocket. Then he rambled along
-the watercourse, and filled an old fruit basket he had found with
-good-sized pebbles.
-
-The next hour was a jolly one for the happy crowd. There were some
-mishaps, but only amounting to scratches and scrapes. The shaken limbs
-of the trees rained down hickory nuts like hailstones.
-
-Bob came back to the tree where he had left Tom to find his friend
-lying fast asleep on the grass. A little pile of hickory nuts lay near
-his coat and cap.
-
-“Had lots of fun,” Tom declared, when he woke up. “I’m not a very good
-shot, though.”
-
-All hands were soon ready for lunch. Nearly every bag was filled. The
-boys were pleased with their success, and it was a gay crowd that
-enjoyed the dinner under the trees.
-
-“What now?” asked Sammy, when he had eaten his fill.
-
-“Walnuts next,” replied Dick.
-
-“What will we do with the hickories?” asked Frank.
-
-“We’ll leave them here,” said Dick. “Bring along the empty bags, and
-we’ll go up to the North Woods after the walnuts.”
-
-“It will be some tramping, each lugging two bags home,” spoke Sammy.
-
-“You won’t have to do that,” answered Dick.
-
-“Why not?”
-
-“When we get all the bags full, I’ll go home and get a wagon and team.”
-
-“That will be fine,” said Tom.
-
-“Say, Dick,” spoke Frank, “what do you suppose has become of Jed and
-his crowd?”
-
-“They must have taken in the walnut trees first,” replied Dick.
-
-The route to the North Woods took the boys along the road where Jed
-and his friends had left them earlier in the morning. As they came up
-to a farmhouse Dick said:
-
-“Farmer Griggs lives here. We’ll go in and get a good cool drink of
-well water.”
-
-They trooped into the farm-yard. They were all gathered about the well
-when an old man came out from the house.
-
-“How’dy, Dick,” he said. “Mornin’, lads. Hey, lost any of your friends?”
-
-“Have you found any, Mr. Griggs?” asked Dick.
-
-“I have, for a fact,” replied the farmer, with a grin, “six of them.”
-
-“He means Jed and the others,” said Frank.
-
-“I shouldn’t wonder,” answered Bob.
-
-“Where are the friends you spoke of, Mr. Griggs?” asked Dick, guessing.
-
-“Treed. Just step this way, so you can see the orchard, and you’ll
-understand what I mean,” replied the farmer, with a grim chuckle.
-
-The boys trooped eagerly after the farmer. Behind the barns of the
-place was a small fenced-in orchard. The trees hung heavy with red,
-luscious fruit. More than one of the boys knew of the fine fruit that
-came from the Griggs farm and was on sale in the village every fall and
-winter.
-
-“After you’ve looked a bit, lads,” said the farmer, “you can go and eat
-your fill. I’ve no objection to any orderly boys helping themselves
-to an apple or two, but when it comes to stealing bagfuls, though,
-and breaking whole limbs off the trees, I can’t stand it. There’s the
-fellows I spoke of,” added Mr. Griggs, coming to a halt.
-
-Inside the orchard were four big dogs. They did not look so fierce and
-ugly, but there was something about them that told one they knew how to
-protect the property of their owner.
-
-Each one of the animals lay on the grass under a tree, its head between
-its paws, its eyes fixed up among the branches overhead. Among these,
-two in one tree, the boys made out Jed and his companions.
-
-“How long have they been there, Mr. Griggs?” asked Dick, his face on a
-broad grin.
-
-“About three hours.”
-
-“And haven’t dared to come down on account of the dogs—I see,” said
-Frank, smiling.
-
-“They may now,” answered the farmer. “I guess they’ve had a good dose
-this time.”
-
-He whistled to the dogs, opened the gate for them to pass out, and
-waved his hand towards the treed captives.
-
-“Hey, you fellows!” he shouted, “you can go on your way now.”
-
-Jed and his friends climbed down from the trees. They sneaked for the
-further corner of the fence away from their amused schoolmates.
-
-“They look pretty forlorn, for a fact,” chuckled Tom.
-
-“Go in and help yourselves, lads,” invited Farmer Griggs, opening the
-gate for Bob and his friends to pass through.
-
-“Oh, say, you’re awful kind,” cried Sammy.
-
-“Just pick the windfalls,” directed the farmer. “Hey!” as the boys
-rushed gladly for the trees, “as you go over the next fence you’ll find
-a little melon patch. You take two of the late watermelons—no more,
-mind you.”
-
-“I’ll see that they obey orders, Mr. Griggs,” promised Dick,
-“and—thank you!”
-
-“Many thanks!” shouted the others.
-
-The boys ate two or three apples apiece and stowed as many more in
-their pockets. Then there was a rush for the melon patch. Bob and Dick
-came out into the road, each carrying a big fat melon of the late
-variety that looked ripe and tempting.
-
-[Illustration: _“Oh, Say! Isn’t This Glorious!” Cried Sammy_]
-
-“Oh, say, isn’t this glorious!” cried Sammy, as they all sat down under
-a tree by the roadside, and Dick got out his pocket-knife.
-
-Jed and his friends sat on a fallen tree about fifty yards distant.
-They watched the boys enviously, while not getting slivers out of their
-hands and the creases out of their clothes.
-
-“Come on, Burr, and all of you,” cried Dick, in a pleasant,
-open-hearted way.
-
-Jed and his companions skulked up to the spot, rather shame-faced. No
-one referred to their long roost in the apple-trees. Sammy, however,
-had to laugh outright when it came out that they had left their lunches
-on the ground, and the dogs had eaten them up.
-
-Bob and his friends divided what they had in their pockets with Jed’s
-party. This and a watermelon made the deserters feel a good deal better.
-
-All hands went to the North Woods, and put in two hours gathering
-walnuts. About three o’clock Dick and Bob started off for the Hazelton
-farm, leaving their comrades in the woods.
-
-Dick got a team and a light wagon at the farm. First, he and Bob drove
-over to the flat and loaded in the bags of hickory nuts.
-
-Then they drove around into the North Woods, and the walnuts were
-safely stowed. The boys crowded into the wagon on top of them.
-
-“Say, this feels good,” said Tom, as he rested his tired limbs.
-
-“Never had such a grand day in my life!” cried Sammy.
-
-The team took the boys around to their homes. Even Jed Burr voted that
-they had enjoyed a fine occasion.
-
-Bob was so tired he could hardly do his evening chores, and he was
-glad to get to bed early. All the next day, too, he had to keep his
-scratched hands rubbed with grease. His knees were pretty sore from
-climbing.
-
-Monday morning he woke up with a start. A loud voice sounded in the
-yard below, and Bob ran to the window, wondering at the commotion. He
-heard the window in his father’s room pushed up.
-
-“What’s the matter?” called down Mr. Bouncer to Mr. Haven, his
-neighbor, who, quite pale and excited, had just breathlessly called out
-to him.
-
-“Get up quick, Mr. Bouncer—the jewelry store has been robbed!”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XI
-
-ROBBERY
-
-
-“ROBBED!” echoed Mr. Bouncer, in great surprise.
-
-“Yes, of nearly everything of value it contained.”
-
-“You amaze me,” said Bob’s father.
-
-“My brother just notified me,” went on Mr. Haven. “I wish you would
-come down to the store with me.”
-
-“Certainly, at once,” replied Mr. Bouncer.
-
-Bob was greatly excited at the news. He ran for his clothes and got
-them on in a hurry. Then he bounded down the stairs. By this time his
-father had joined Mr. Haven, and the two gentlemen were hurrying down
-the street towards the center of the village.
-
-Bob started to run after them, when he saw Frank just leaving the
-yard of his own house. He waited till Frank came up, all in a flurry,
-buttoning up his coat as if he had put it on in haste.
-
-“Frank, the store has been robbed, I heard your father say.”
-
-“Yes,” replied Frank. “He’s terribly worried about it. You know, he
-borrowed a lot of money to buy it out and start my uncle in business.”
-
-“Yes, I heard so.”
-
-“It would about ruin him if the thieves took much.”
-
-“Your father says they did.”
-
-“Oh, I hope not—my uncle may be mistaken.”
-
-As the boys, following their fathers, turned into the main business
-street of the town, they noticed a crowd gathered in front of the
-jewelry store.
-
-Early as the hour was, the village marshal had already reached the
-place. The boys expected to see the windows smashed, or the doors
-broken in, but there was not a sign of disorder about the place. The
-show windows and the shelves looked as neat and orderly as usual.
-
-Frank and Bob went inside the store. They found the marshal and the
-others standing in front of the large iron safe at the end of the
-store. Its massive doors stood open. Its drawers were pulled out and
-scattered on the floor, and its shelves were empty.
-
-“Gone—all gone!” groaned Mr. Haven, turning very pale.
-
-“Yes, they have taken everything there was in the safe,” said his
-brother.
-
-“When did you find it out?” asked the marshal.
-
-“Not half an hour ago,” was the reply. “I came down earlier than usual,
-because I had some hurry repairing orders. I let myself in and then I
-noticed the open safe.”
-
-“It’s a weak, old-fashioned iron box,” said the marshal, looking the
-safe over. “I often told Jones it wasn’t any good. The robbers pried it
-open easily.”
-
-“But how did they get into the store?” asked Mr. Bouncer.
-
-“That is the mystery,” replied Frank’s uncle. “The door was locked as
-usual, and the window-catches all in place.”
-
-“Why, then, they must have had a key,” said the marshal.
-
-“Evidently they did.”
-
-“The lost key—do you remember?” Bob whispered to Frank, in an excited
-tone.
-
-“Some one found it!”
-
-“Yes!”
-
-“And let himself in here! Who could have done it?”
-
-Before Bob could reply, Mr. Haven sank into a chair with a groan.
-
-“They have taken everything,” he declared, “the silverware, the watches
-and chains, and all the solid gold goods we carried.”
-
-“Did they amount to much?” asked the marshal.
-
-“Over five thousand dollars.”
-
-“Too bad! My assistant watchman and myself patrolled the town all
-night. He reported no suspicious persons about, and I saw none.”
-
-“They got in easily, and took what they liked.”
-
-Neither Frank nor Bob ate much breakfast that morning. They were too
-excited to think of anything except the robbery. When they started for
-school the whole village was aroused over the robbery. Everybody was
-talking about it. When they got to the schoolhouse even the smallest
-scholars spoke of the event.
-
-Frank felt pretty bad. Bob was very sorry for Mr. Haven. He told Frank
-so, and tried to cheer up his chum.
-
-“The robbers must have been strangers,” he said.
-
-“I think that,” returned Frank.
-
-“The marshal has got half a dozen men started in different directions.
-They are bound to get some idea of the way the thieves have gone.”
-
-“I hope so. Why, they even locked the door after them when they went
-away! My father has offered two hundred dollars reward.”
-
-Bob did not do much studying that day. When school was over in the
-afternoon he went home with Frank to hear if anything had been heard of
-the robbers.
-
-Mr. Haven was seated on the porch, talking gloomily with a lawyer. Mrs.
-Haven was about her work as usual, but looked very serious.
-
-“What’s the news, Frank?” asked Bob, after Frank had gone into the
-house and had seen his mother.
-
-“They haven’t caught the robbers.”
-
-“It’s queer how the fellows have gotten away without being seen, isn’t
-it?”
-
-“Yes, it is, Bob, and that’s what puzzles the marshal, my mother says.”
-
-“I’ll be back after supper, Frank,” said Bob. “I wonder if Sammy will
-be over?”
-
-“He said he would,” replied Frank.
-
-“All right, I may want you to go somewhere with me.”
-
-“What do you mean?” asked Frank.
-
-“I’ll tell you after supper.”
-
-Bob went away, very thoughtful. He was doing much thinking. At the
-corner of two streets he stood still for a long time, as if trying to
-make up his mind to something.
-
-“It can’t do any harm to follow out my idea,” he said to himself and
-started up quickly.
-
-Bob went straight to the home of Miss Simmons. He had not seen her
-since the day he had noticed the tramp leave the place. Bob found her
-seated in a rocking-chair on the porch, sewing.
-
-“Why, how do you do, Bob?” said the old maid. “I thought you were
-coming to see me? I wanted to give you something for helping me get
-back those letters.”
-
-“I don’t want anything for that, Miss Simmons,” replied Bob, “but
-there’s something else you can do for me, if you will.”
-
-“What is that, Bob?”
-
-“I’d like to know if that tramp I saw here brought you back those four
-letters.”
-
-Miss Simmons flushed and fidgeted. Then she asked, sharply:
-
-“Have you told anybody about the letters, Bob?”
-
-“No, ma’am, not a soul.”
-
-“You’re a good boy, Bob; a very good boy.”
-
-“Thank you, Miss Simmons.”
-
-“And about those letters——”
-
-“Yes, ma’am?”
-
-“The man you speak of did bring them back.”
-
-“I thought that. Miss Simmons, have you seen him since the day you lost
-the letters?”
-
-The old maid looked troubled. Then she glanced sharply at Bob.
-
-“What are you asking that for?” she said.
-
-“Because I believe he has been up to some mischief,” replied the boy.
-“If I knew all about his dealings with you, it might help me find out
-what I am after.”
-
-“Well, Bob,” said the lady, “he is certainly a very bad man. He found
-those letters, and nearly scared me to death saying he would print them
-if I didn’t pay him to get them back. I gave him all the money I had.
-He wanted more.”
-
-“How much?” asked Bob.
-
-“Sixty dollars, ten in cash.”
-
-“The rascal!”
-
-“He made me give him a note for that fifty dollars. Then he asked me
-who would cash it. He got out of me that Mr. Silas Dolby did that kind
-of business. I suppose he placed the note with him.”
-
-“That explains how I came to see the tramp at the old miser’s house the
-night Frank lost the key to the jewelry store,” thought Bob.
-
-“Early yesterday morning,” went on Miss Simmons, “the man came to the
-back door here. He had another man with him.”
-
-“What kind of a man?” asked Bob, eagerly.
-
-“A man with a green shade over one eye.”
-
-Bob could hardly keep from crying out. He was sure now that the two
-men he had heard talk about robbery in the bluff hide-out, had been in
-Fairview the day previous.
-
-“He wanted something to eat,” said the old maid. “I gave them their
-breakfast. Then the man asked for some money. I told him I had given
-him all I intended to. He acted sort of ugly, and I said I would call
-the marshal if he troubled me any more. Then he went away pretty quick.”
-
-“Thank you, Miss Simmons,” said Bob. “You have told me just what I
-wanted to know.”
-
-“It won’t—won’t mix me in anything about those letters?” asked the old
-maid.
-
-“No, indeed. I haven’t mentioned about them, and I shan’t. The man
-won’t bother you any more, either, Miss Simmons.”
-
-Bob left the place with big thoughts in his mind. He was only a boy,
-but he felt that he had found out something that a grown man would be
-glad to learn.
-
-“I’m going to do something about that robbery,” said Bob to himself. “I
-hardly know what just yet, but I’ll think out some way.”
-
-It was just after supper that Bob went over to the Haven place. Frank
-and Sammy were waiting for him.
-
-“Any news of the robbers yet?” asked Bob.
-
-“Not a word,” replied Frank. “The marshal says he can’t find that any
-tramps or strangers have been hanging around town lately.”
-
-Bob said nothing. He kept it to himself that the town marshal was
-mistaken.
-
-“Well, fellows,” he said, “I want you to join me in a hunt.”
-
-“Eh? What kind of a hunt?” asked Sammy, with great interest.
-
-“Not a treasure hunt, mind you,” replied Bob, with a faint smile,
-remembering Sammy’s weakness.
-
-“Oh,” said Sammy, flushing up, “what kind of a hunt, then?”
-
-“I want to see if we can’t find the men who robbed Mr. Haven’s jewelry
-store,” replied Bob.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XII
-
-BOB BOUNCER’S CLEW
-
-
-“TRY to catch the robbers?” gasped Frank, in wonder.
-
-“Yes,” replied Bob, in a way that showed he was very much in earnest.
-
-“Say, wouldn’t it be grand if we could!” cried Sammy. “Why, there’s a
-reward of two hundred dollars for that!”
-
-“Yes, but we wouldn’t take it from Mr. Haven,” said Bob, quickly.
-
-“That’s so, I forgot,” replied Sammy, readily.
-
-“Have you found out something, Bob?” asked Frank, seriously.
-
-“I think I have.”
-
-“What is it?” asked Sammy.
-
-“I can’t tell you all at once,” replied Bob. “There’s just this,
-though, fellows; I know that two tramps were in town yesterday.”
-
-“You do!” cried Sammy.
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“And you think they are the robbers?”
-
-“I’m pretty sure of it. Frank, do you remember my telling you about the
-two men hiding on the bluff the night of the bonfire?”
-
-“Yes, Bob.”
-
-“And how they were talking about robbing somebody?”
-
-“And you told your father, and he got the marshal to look for them?”
-
-“That’s it.”
-
-“But they got out of town.”
-
-“Yes. Well, those fellows were here again yesterday.”
-
-“You don’t say so!” exclaimed Sammy.
-
-“Yes, they were. I’m going to tell you something else.”
-
-“What’s that?” asked Frank.
-
-“You know, we thought you lost the key to your father’s jewelry store
-in Silas Dolby’s yard?”
-
-“I know I did.”
-
-“Well, I’ve found out that one of the tramps knows Mr. Dolby. In fact,
-he was at his house right after you lost the key.”
-
-“Why, Bob,” cried Sammy, “then old Dolby broke into the jewelry store?”
-
-“Oh, dear, no, I can’t know that,” said Bob, quickly. “I don’t say so,
-either.”
-
-“But——”
-
-“I’m just putting this and that together.”
-
-“I should think you were!” said Sammy.
-
-“We know that Mr. Dolby has a bad name, and is tricky and all that, but
-he wouldn’t rob a neighbor,” went on Bob. “He knows one of the robbers,
-though. I happen to know he has had business with him. Mr. Dolby may
-not know that the tramp is a bad man, but somehow or other I can’t get
-it out of my head that the key to the jewelry store Frank lost was the
-one that was used by the robbers.”
-
-“We know it was, Bob,” spoke Frank. “There were only two keys, and my
-uncle had the other.”
-
-“How the robbers got hold of it, I don’t know. I can think of a way,
-but it’s only a guess.”
-
-“What is it, Bob?” asked Frank.
-
-“Why, Mr. Dolby may have spoken of your losing it in his yard.”
-
-“That’s so.”
-
-“And the robber hunted for it and found it.”
-
-“How are we going to find out?”
-
-“Well,” said Bob, “I thought we’d go down to Mr. Dolby’s place, and
-hang around and watch it.”
-
-“Maybe the robbers are there now,” cried Sammy, quickly.
-
-“The marshal says he believes they are in hiding somewhere near
-Fairview,” said Frank. “They had to have two big satchels to handle
-all the stuff they stole. Anybody seeing two men carrying big satchels
-would remember them. The marshal says he and his men have gone over
-every road in the county, and they haven’t found a trace of the
-robbers.”
-
-“All right, we’ll try too,” spoke Bob, with a good deal of confidence.
-
-“Say,” observed Sammy, “hadn’t we ought to have stars?”
-
-“Why, what for?” asked Bob.
-
-“To arrest the robbers.”
-
-Bob laughed outright.
-
-“You great detective!” he railed. “Badges and clubs, and horse-pistols,
-too, I suppose?”
-
-“Well, don’t you expect to catch the robbers?”
-
-“I hope to find out something about them to tell the marshal, yes,”
-replied Bob. “Come on, fellows.”
-
-Bob led the way to the dismal abode where the old miser lived. He
-halted under a tree near the fence of the place.
-
-“Now, then,” he said to Frank and Sammy, “stay here till I skirmish
-around a bit.”
-
-“All right,” replied his companions, in a breath.
-
-Bob went slowly and cautiously all around the fenced-in lot. He made
-sure that the big vicious dog old Dolby owned was chained up and
-asleep. The house looked dark and dreary, as usual, except in the
-living-room, where the miser passed most of his time.
-
-[Illustration: _They Saw the Miser Go Out to the Old, Rickety Barn_]
-
-Bob vaulted the fence and got down on hands and knees. He crept across
-the garden without making any noise, and paused right under the window
-of the room where there was a light. He could hear some one moving
-about inside. Finally, Bob ventured to raise his head and peer past the
-ragged end of a curtain. For fully five minutes the boy watched the
-miser. Then he went back to his friends.
-
-“Well?” asked Frank.
-
-“Mr. Dolby is in the house,” replied Bob, “but I didn’t see any one
-else.”
-
-“Then the robbers aren’t there,” broke in Sammy.
-
-“I don’t know that.”
-
-“What are you going to do now?”
-
-“Oh, keep on watching for a spell,” replied Bob, “and thinking.”
-
-Bob wondered if he had better not go and tell the marshal all that he
-knew. The boy kept quiet until Sammy spoke in a quick whisper the words:
-
-“Bob, old Dolby is coming outside!”
-
-“That’s so,” added Frank.
-
-“He’s got a lantern,” continued Sammy.
-
-“Hush!” warned Bob. “Keep quiet and watch!”
-
-They saw the miser go out to the old rickety barn at the rear of the
-lot. The dog growled, but quieted down at a snarl from his master. Bob
-ducked down as he ran along the fence and got behind the barn.
-
-He could see, through broad cracks in the barn, its owner slowly
-climbing a cleat ladder at one corner, carrying the lantern with him.
-There was a shed near the barn. Its slanting roof came almost up to the
-loft of the barn.
-
-Bob could see into this part of the building clearly through gaping
-breaks in the rotted boards. The miser had set down the lantern. There
-was no hay in the loft, except a little heap in one corner. Upon this
-was spread a blanket.
-
-“Some one has been sleeping in the loft,” Bob decided. “He’s gone now,
-though.”
-
-Silas Dolby took up the blanket and folded it. Then he took some
-dishes, a cup, plate, knife and fork from an old chair. These he placed
-on top of the folded blanket. He held blanket, dishes and lantern on
-one arm. Then he came down the ladder. In a few minutes the miser went
-back into the house.
-
-“Well, that’s all plain,” said Bob to himself. “Some one has been
-sleeping and hiding in the barn. Who could it be but that tramp? Then,
-if he robbed the jewelry store, where did he put the stuff he stole?”
-
-Bob went back to Frank and Sammy. He had about made up his mind to go
-straight to Mr. Haven, and tell him all he had found out. It was Bob’s
-idea that Frank’s father and the marshal could scare the old miser into
-telling enough about the tramp to lead to his arrest.
-
-“Why, hello, where are they?” exclaimed Bob, as he reached the tree
-where he had left Frank and Sammy.
-
-They were nowhere to be seen. As Bob looked around, somewhat puzzled, a
-sound came from some near bushes.
-
-“Hist!”
-
-Bob strained his eyes and made out Frank near the bushes. He beckoned
-to Bob.
-
-“What is it?” asked Bob. “What are you hiding for?”
-
-“Some one crossed over from behind the barn.”
-
-“Who was it?”
-
-“A stranger, so Sammy has cut through the brush lot here to keep him in
-sight.”
-
-“Which way?”
-
-“Come on, I’ll show you,” said Frank.
-
-Both boys stole silently across the lot. They ran upon Sammy near some
-trees.
-
-“He’s just turned into the road yonder,” panted Sammy.
-
-Bob hurried to the spot where Sammy pointed. He saw a man going down
-the highway whom he thought he had never seen before. He was certainly
-a stranger to Fairview. The man had a cane, and was bent over it as if
-he was old or sick.
-
-“Where did he come from?” asked Bob.
-
-“Beyond Dolby’s barn,” replied Frank.
-
-“I didn’t see him near it,” said Bob, “but maybe he went out of a door
-on the far side of the barn.”
-
-“Is he the man you know about, Bob?” asked Sammy.
-
-“He doesn’t look like it,” said Bob.
-
-“I saw him pretty plain when I sneaked over here,” spoke Sammy. “He
-looks like a tramp.”
-
-“Hello!” broke in Bob, “that’s queer.”
-
-“What is queer?” asked Frank.
-
-“Why, just as the man came near that first house,” said Bob, “he
-stooped more and walked more lame. That looks as if the man was playing
-off.”
-
-“Yes, it’s sort of suspicious,” said Sammy.
-
-“Say, fellows,” added Bob, “we want to keep that man in sight. He may
-lead us to something worth finding out!”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIII
-
-AN EXCITING HOUR
-
-
-“DO you suppose that man is one of the robbers?” asked Sammy.
-
-“I don’t know about that,” replied Bob. “But he doesn’t act right.”
-
-“No, he isn’t any more lame than I am,” declared Frank.
-
-“Just look at him,” spoke Bob, quickly.
-
-Some one was coming down the street. The minute the man saw the boys
-were following him, he began to act like a weak old man. He spoke to
-the other man in a whining kind of a tone. Bob cut across a yard to
-head off the man the stranger had spoken to. He found him to be Mr.
-Dale, the village postmaster.
-
-“Oh, Mr. Dale,” spoke Bob, “will you please tell me what that man who
-stopped you just now said to you?”
-
-“Oh, is that you, Bob? Why, yes, he is a beggar and he asked me for
-a nickel. He says he is trying to get to Bartonville. Was hurt in an
-accident, he told me, and his eyesight is nearly gone. Do you know him?”
-
-“No, sir, I was just curious about him. Thank you, Mr. Dale.”
-
-Bob bolted off and got back to his friends. He told them what Mr. Dale
-had said. Then he added:
-
-“Now, then, fellows, we’re going to follow that man. I feel sure he
-isn’t honest.”
-
-“I don’t think so, either,” said Frank.
-
-“Keep close inside the yards. We don’t want to have him suspect that
-we’re after him.”
-
-Frank and Sammy did just as Bob told them to do. Sammy was in his
-element. He found himself in the midst of a mystery, as he called it,
-and was greatly excited.
-
-The man they were following kept along the street. The boys skulked
-from place to place inside of yards and across vacant lots. They knew
-the neighborhood well, and were never at a loss to get ahead.
-
-When the man came to where the streets were more deserted and the
-houses further apart, he began to move faster.
-
-“See that,” said Bob. “He can walk straight as an arrow when he wants
-to!”
-
-“Oh, yes, he is just putting on his lameness and all that,” added Frank.
-
-“Say, fellows,” whispered Sammy, “see where he’s going now!”
-
-They had reached the edge of the town. The man ahead of them had
-crossed a stretch that was a lonely patch of high weeds and bushes.
-
-“He’s making for the schoolhouse,” said Frank.
-
-“That’s what he is,” spoke Sammy.
-
-“No—see,” added Bob, “he’s stopped near the old water hole where they
-used to graze the cattle.”
-
-The three boys were crowded up against a fence, and kept staring after
-the man and noticing every move he made. He stood still near the spot
-Bob had mentioned. Then he put his fingers to his lips.
-
-The boys caught the echo of a soft birdlike call. They breathlessly
-watched the man’s figure as it stood outlined against the sky. Then in
-a minute or two there came a reply to the whistle.
-
-“This is getting exciting,” said Frank.
-
-“Listen,” ordered Bob.
-
-The man they had followed replied to the last whistle. Then the boys
-saw another man come from some shrubbery just beyond the schoolhouse
-wall.
-
-“Oh, my!” gasped Bob.
-
-“What is it?” whispered Frank.
-
-“Don’t you see?”
-
-“What?”
-
-“The last man! He’s carrying two satchels!”
-
-“Why, then,” said Sammy, “they’ve got the stolen jewelry in them!”
-
-“S-sh!” warned Bob.
-
-He was terribly excited. Not for an instant did he doubt that the
-satchels held the plunder of which the robbers had rifled Mr. Haven’s
-jewelry store. Bob thought it out this way: These two men were the
-thieves. They had not risked carrying their plunder away from Fairview,
-knowing they would be pursued, but had hidden it. Then they had gone
-into hiding themselves. The tramp whom Bob knew had found shelter in
-Silas Dolby’s barn. The other man had found safety in some other spot.
-
-“Now, then,” spoke Bob, quickly, “you, Sammy.”
-
-“Yes?” replied Sammy, on pins and needles of excitement.
-
-“Run as fast as you can to town, and tell the marshal that the jewelry
-store robbers are down here near the schoolhouse.”
-
-“You bet I’ll run!” said Sammy. “But will they be here when we get
-back?”
-
-“Probably not, but they won’t be far away.”
-
-“What are you going to do?”
-
-“I will keep them in sight, and Frank will help me.”
-
-“Oh, I hope we catch them!” said Sammy.
-
-“Don’t delay.”
-
-“I won’t.”
-
-Sammy sneaked along the fence until he got out of range of the men.
-Then he arose to his feet, and got out of sight in the direction of the
-village in a flash.
-
-“What are those men doing now?” asked Frank, a moment later.
-
-Bob craned his neck and bent his ear. He could hear only the vague
-murmur of voices. He could not make out any clear words. The last man
-to come on the scene kept the satchels, one in each hand. Finally the
-two men started off. They seemed to be wrangling about something.
-
-“Frank,” said Bob, “all we’ve got to do now is not to lose sight of
-those men.”
-
-“Till the marshal catches up with us,” replied Frank.
-
-“I’m going to get nearer to them.”
-
-“It’s risky.”
-
-“Well, I want to find out all I can.”
-
-“What shall I do?”
-
-“Follow very slowly. If they see me or anything happens we don’t
-expect, don’t you lose sight of them till the marshal comes.”
-
-“All right, Bob. Oh, I do hope they are the people you think they are,
-and that father is going to get back his property!”
-
-Bob now began crawling flat on the ground across the open field. When
-he came to where the weeds or bushes were high he ran a bit, but kept
-stooping as low as he could all of the time.
-
-In this way, Bob had gained quite a little on the men. Once they
-rested, near a little clump of shrubbery just beyond the schoolhouse.
-The man Bob believed to be the tramp went ahead, as if seeing if the
-road was clear. The other man sat down on one of the satchels, and the
-boy got quite near to him.
-
-“It’s the man I saw in the hide-out!” whispered Bob to himself. “It’s
-the man with the green shade over his eye! Now I am sure these men are
-the fellows who broke into the jewelry store.”
-
-“I guess it’s safe to go on,” said the tramp, coming back to his friend.
-
-“All right.”
-
-“Here, I’ll carry one of the satchels.”
-
-“Oh, no; they’re not heavy.”
-
-“But I want to.”
-
-“Well, you can’t, and I won’t let you.”
-
-“Huh!” said the tramp in an angry way, “what’s the matter with you?”
-
-“Well, for one thing, I know you,” said the other man.
-
-“Oh, do you?”
-
-“Yes, I do. I shan’t drop these satchels till we get to where the man
-who hired us is waiting for us.”
-
-“It’s two miles away.”
-
-“I don’t care if it’s ten miles away. If you got your paws on one of
-these satchels, you might bolt with it.”
-
-“Well, I’ve done some of the work, haven’t I? Who found the key to the
-jewelry store?”
-
-“You did, and our boss will pay you well for your share of the work,
-but you don’t handle these satchels.”
-
-“I bet I do!”
-
-The tramp suddenly sprang at his companion, but the other was too quick
-for him. The man with the green shade over his eye sprang to his feet.
-He whirled one satchel around. It struck the tramp on the head and
-swept him to the ground.
-
-The man with the green shade over his eye at once picked up the two
-satchels, and started on a run. In a minute he was around the corner
-of the schoolhouse and out of sight. The tramp sprang to his feet with
-an angry cry.
-
-Bob did not dare to move from the shelter of the shrubbery at once.
-He thought he heard something drop around on the other side of the
-schoolhouse. As the tramp ran around its end, Bob hurried forward and
-peered towards the road.
-
-“Why,” said Bob, in great surprise, “what has become of the satchels?”
-
-He could see the man in the lead about two hundred yards away, as he
-jumped into a ditch and was gone from sight. The tramp was putting
-after him as fast as he could. One thing was sure: neither of them had
-the satchels.
-
-“Where could they have gone to?” Bob asked himself.
-
-He ran to the road. The tramp was standing in the middle of it, at a
-loss where to go. The other man was nowhere to be seen. Finally the
-tramp ran into some woods lining the road, on a search for the man who
-had run away from him.
-
-Frank, who had kept track of Bob in cautious stages, came up to him now.
-
-“Where are they?” he asked.
-
-“Somewhere in the woods,” answered Bob. “They have had a quarrel.”
-
-“Yes, I noticed it.”
-
-“We couldn’t do much if we caught up to them. Hark, Frank!”
-
-Down the road beyond the schoolhouse echoed the sound of horses’ hoofs
-and wagon wheels.
-
-“It’s some one driving awfully fast,” said Frank.
-
-“It must be the marshal! Yes, I think it is,” said Bob, peering down
-the road.
-
-Then he ran to the middle of the highway, and down it, waving his
-arms. The wagon stopped, and Bob saw that it held the marshal, and
-three other men, and Sammy.
-
-“Where are those men, Bob?” asked the marshal, quickly.
-
-Bob told enough to give the officer an idea of how things stood. The
-marshal drove the wagon up to the side of the road, and then he and two
-of the men who had come in the wagon started out to scour the woods.
-
-Bob told Frank and Sammy about the two satchels being gone when he ran
-around the schoolhouse corner. They at once began a search all about
-the place and even out to the ditch, but found no trace of the valises.
-
-“See here, Bob,” said Frank, “maybe the man threw them into the ditch,
-jumped after them, and got away with them?”
-
-“I hardly think that,” replied Bob. “He didn’t have them with him the
-last sight I had of him.”
-
-The boys had a long wait of it. It was over an hour before one of the
-men came back.
-
-“We’ve beat the woods in every direction,” he told them. “The marshal
-and his aid have kept up the hunt. We’re to go back and start some more
-men on the chase.”
-
-Up to the time, two hours later, that Bob, Frank and Sammy stayed up,
-no trace was found of the jewelry store robbers.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIV
-
-FIRE
-
-
-“YOU quit that, Jed Burr!”
-
-“Shut up, or I’ll lam you worse.”
-
-Bob Bouncer paused as he was on a run to join Frank and the others
-across the playground.
-
-Bob was passing the row of shrubbery, from which he had spied the
-jewelry store robbers the night before. Now, halting and peering
-through those same bushes, he saw Jed cuffing a helpless member of his
-crowd, three years his junior and about half his size.
-
-This was Ned Thomas, a weak, timid little fellow, who was so afraid of
-the big leader of “The Blues,” that he had fetched and carried for Jed
-all the last school term. Jed imposed on him terribly. The way he held
-the little fellow, was to make him believe he would work him into the
-ball nine in time.
-
-Ned was sobbing and crying. Jed had knocked his cap off. He threatened
-him with his fists.
-
-“You do as I say,” he was speaking now.
-
-“I can’t, I won’t,” choked out Ned. “I just felt splendid at my luck in
-writing what I did. And you’ve taken it.”
-
-“I gave you mine.”
-
-“Humph! Yours! You give it back to me, Jed Burr! If you don’t, I’ll go
-home. I won’t go to school at all.”
-
-“Do it, then,” shouted Jed. “See here,” seizing the little fellow, and
-shaking him hard, “you blab one word, and I won’t let a fellow in the
-crowd play with you, or even speak to you.”
-
-“See here, Jed Burr, you drop that,” cried Bob, stepping into view and
-pulling Ned away from the grasp of the bully.
-
-“Hello! sneaking around, are you?”
-
-“I don’t have to sneak,” replied Bob.
-
-“Mind your own business.”
-
-“I’m minding it fine when I save a little fellow from your meanness.”
-
-“Say, I’ll lick you,” cried Jed, doubling up his fists.
-
-Bob said nothing. He just looked the bully squarely in the eye.
-
-“Some time. You see if I don’t,” added Jed.
-
-Bob did not move. Jed edged away.
-
-“I’ll give it to you good and hard,” scowled Jed, and went clear away.
-
-“See here, Ned,” said Bob, going up to the weeping boy, and placing his
-hand on his shoulder in a kindly way.
-
-“Leave me alone,” sniffled the little fellow. “Jed has spoiled
-everything. I’ll stay away from school. I’ll play hookey.”
-
-Just then the school bell rang. Bob had to let the little fellow go
-his own way. There was a special programme for that morning, and Bob’s
-mind was full of it. This was the public reading of a composition on
-“Ceylon.” A prize was to be given for the best piece.
-
-On these occasions at times several visitors came to the school. As he
-entered, Bob noticed a number of ladies whom he knew. Seated in a chair
-near the platform was a young man smartly dressed, who wore a single
-eye-glass.
-
-“He’s the English artist staying at Ned Thomas’s house,” Frank
-whispered to Bob.
-
-[Illustration: _Several Scholars Read Their Pieces_]
-
-Several scholars read their pieces, Bob among the number. They were all
-very good, for the writers were allowed to consult books, and even get
-help from others. The story had to be told in their own language.
-
-Bob noticed that Ned was absent. When Jed Burr’s turn came, the bully
-stood up in his usual bold way, and began drawling out the contents of
-the written paper in his hand.
-
-Even Bob had to confess to himself that Jed’s paper was very fine. It
-told things about Ceylon that the other boys had not mentioned. Jed
-read about the wonderful tricks of the elephants in that country.
-
-As he did this, Bob noticed the English artist straighten up, fix his
-eye-glass, and stare at Jed. He was sure he heard the artist speak the
-words:
-
-“Ah, extrawordinary, you know!”
-
-When Jed told of how the women of Ceylon worked, carrying great loads
-on their backs, the artist said, under his breath:
-
-“I say, remawkable!”
-
-This puzzled Bob, for the artist kept staring hard at Jed, and rubbing
-his head, as if something had happened that he could not understand.
-
-When recess came the artist went up to Miss Williams. Bob noticed that
-he spoke to her quite seriously. Most of the scholars had gone out onto
-the playground, and Bob was about to join them, when the teacher said:
-
-“Will you come here for a moment, Bob?”
-
-“Yes, Miss Williams,” he replied, going up to her desk.
-
-“Have you seen Ned Thomas to-day?” asked Miss Williams.
-
-“Yes, ma’am.”
-
-“Do you know what kept him from school?”
-
-“I think I half know, Miss Williams, but I don’t care to say anything
-about it.”
-
-“You should speak out, my lad,” said the artist. “Some wrong work has
-been going on, and we wish to get at the bottom of it, don’t you know.”
-
-“I’ll tell you, Miss Williams,” spoke Bob; “you had better ask Ned
-about it.”
-
-“But he is not here, Bob.”
-
-“No, but I’ll try and find him.”
-
-“I wish you would, Bob,” said the teacher.
-
-Bob started out on his hunt for the truant. He wondered a good deal
-about what was up. Nobody on the playground had seen Ned. Finally, a
-boy who lived near by, and who had run home for a quick bite to eat,
-told Bob that little Ned was playing over near a spring in the woods.
-
-Bob came across Ned wading in some water. His feet were soaked and
-his clothes muddy. He had been building a little dam, and he looked
-reckless and unhappy.
-
-“Teacher wants you, Ned,” said Bob.
-
-“I don’t want to see teacher,” spoke Ned, in a sullen way.
-
-“You’ve got to.”
-
-“What for?”
-
-“She’ll tell you.”
-
-“I won’t go,” declared the little fellow, starting to wade deeper into
-the water.
-
-“No, you don’t,” said Bob, quickly, catching hold of Ned’s arm. “See
-here, don’t be a gump. The artist who boards down at your house is up
-at the schoolhouse with the teacher.”
-
-“Oh, is he?” cried Ned, brightening up. “I’ll go, then, Bob.”
-
-All the scholars looked curious as Bob crossed the playground with Ned
-in his charge.
-
-“Close the door. Bob,” spoke Miss Williams, as Bob led Ned into the
-schoolroom. “You can remain, if you like.”
-
-Bob sat down at one of the desks. In a halting, shame-faced way Ned
-hunched up to the teacher.
-
-“I didn’t mean to play hookey. It wasn’t my fault,” he blurted out.
-
-“Ah, my lad,” here spoke the artist, “you know I was a
-bit—ah—er—surprised, don’t you know, and I wanted to awsk you
-something.”
-
-“Yes, sir,” blubbered Ned, humbly, with eyes cast down.
-
-“I gave you some stories of my journey through Ceylon for your
-composition, you know. Another lad read them off here this morning.”
-
-“He stole my paper from me,” burst out Ned. “The mean bully! He gave me
-his to read, but I tore it up. I won’t stand it any longer,” and Ned
-began to bawl.
-
-“It’s a clear case, Miss,” said the artist. “A—ah, er—decidedly mean
-theft. This Thistle boy——”
-
-“Burr,” corrected the teacher, with a smile.
-
-“Ah, yes, Burr. He should be exposed, Miss.”
-
-“I think the school board will expel him when they know the facts of
-the case,” said the teacher.
-
-“Won’t he be boss of ‘The Blues’ any more, then?” asked Ned, eagerly.
-
-“I fancy not,” replied Miss Williams.
-
-“Then I ain’t afraid any more,” cried Ned. “I’ll tell the truth; yes,
-I will. I’ve been a mean boy, but Jed Burr made me that. He got me to
-play all kinds of tricks on the scholars; and say, Miss Williams,”
-added Ned, with a quick glance at Bob, “Jed stole a spelling list from
-your desk, and some of his fellows copied it, and Jed got me to put it
-in Bob Bouncer’s desk, so as to get him into trouble.”
-
-“Oh, Bob!” cried Miss Williams, coming up to him and putting out her
-hand, “I have wronged you very greatly!”
-
-“Don’t speak of it, Miss Williams,” replied Bob, smiling loyally. “It’s
-all right now, isn’t it?”
-
-“You are a noble boy, Bob,” said his teacher.
-
-“I think it’s myself that wronged somebody,” said Bob to himself, as he
-left the schoolhouse. “Here I went and suspected poor Tom Chubb of what
-he never did. A fine friend I am! I’m going to tell him how mean I’ve
-been.”
-
-Tom thought Bob quite the best friend he had heard of, when Bob told
-his story.
-
-“Wouldn’t tell on a friend, would you?” said Tom. “The only mistake was
-your thinking I was smart enough to get hold of that spelling list.”
-
-“It wasn’t very smart in Jed Burr, the way it has turned out,” said
-Frank.
-
-“That’s so,” echoed Sammy. “It pays to be straight.”
-
-At noon Jed Burr was sent home with a note to his parents. It told that
-he was suspended from school until the school board were told of his
-unfairness and misdoings.
-
-Bob felt that something more than being sorry was due to Tom. He
-invited him and Frank and Sammy to tea to his house that evening.
-
-The four boys were playing a game of tennis just at dusk, when they
-heard a yell down the road. Bob ran out to the gate.
-
-A man was coming pell-mell down the middle of the road. He was waving
-his arms wildly.
-
-“Hurry, run!” he shouted, as he espied the boys.
-
-“What’s the matter?” bawled Sammy.
-
-“Fire!” yelled the runner, never stopping to take breath. “At the
-schoolhouse—it’s on fire, and burning up!”
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XV
-
-THE CAPTURE—CONCLUSION
-
-
-“THE mischief!” cried Bob.
-
-“Schoolhouse burning up!” echoed Sammy. “That’s big news.”
-
-“Come on, fellows!” ordered Frank, making a rush down the road.
-
-“Don’t wait for me,” said Tom. “I’m too fat to run fast.”
-
-“Say, I don’t see any blaze,” spoke Bob.
-
-“No, but look—everybody is putting for the schoolhouse!” cried Sammy.
-
-This was true. In the dim dusk they could see men, women and children
-rushing in the direction of the schoolhouse. They could hear the man
-who had told the news, and others, shouting nearer to the center of the
-village.
-
-The news seemed to spread like wildfire. Just as the boys joined the
-procession hurrying to the schoolhouse, they caught the echo of a great
-clanging and clatter.
-
-“They’ve got the hose-cart out,” said Bob.
-
-“The schoolhouse is on fire!” cried Sammy.
-
-“Sure enough,” added Frank.
-
-They were now in full sight of the school building. From one end a
-great volume of smoke was pouring out of the windows. Then, just as
-they bounded over the fence, one of a dozen men already come upon the
-scene, ran at a door and kicked it in.
-
-At once the flames came out in a sheet. Some one shouted for buckets.
-Bob knew where there was one under the school building, in use when
-people drove to the school and wanted to water their horses. He got it
-out quickly and ran to the pump.
-
-“Help me, Frank,” he called.
-
-Frank and Sammy took turns in pumping. Bob ran with the pail to a man
-at the broken-in door. The man threw the water inside and Bob went back
-after more water. Then two men arrived with buckets from the nearest
-house, and soon half a dozen pails were in use.
-
-Men took the place of the boys and crowded them out of service, but
-they had done their part.
-
-“What’s that, now?” spoke Bob, as, rounding the building, they came to
-the little addition to the main school building, used as a storeroom.
-
-“Why,” shouted Sammy, “there’s some one inside!”
-
-“It looks so,” spoke Frank, in wonder.
-
-Bang, clatter, crash!—the rear window of the storeroom was smashed out
-from inside. A man leaped into view. He must have been sleeping in the
-place, and the fire must have started between the storeroom and the
-schoolhouse door. He could not get past it, and had broken out that way.
-
-The flames showed the man plainly. He was a stranger to Fairview,
-and had a green patch over one eye. As he jumped from the window he
-stumbled and fell to the ground. He was on his feet at once. Then he
-started to run away from the spot.
-
-“Say, I know him!” cried Bob.
-
-“Who is it?” asked Frank.
-
-“One of the robbers!”
-
-“You don’t say so!” spoke Sammy.
-
-“Stop that man—stop that man!” yelled Bob at the top of his voice.
-
-He and his friends ran after the fellow. The rascal’s way was blocked,
-and he was caught and held by two men who had heard Bob’s cries.
-
-“Aha! who are you?” demanded one of the captors.
-
-“I’m only a poor tramp. Went into the schoolhouse to get warm.”
-
-“He’s one of the men who robbed Mr. Haven’s jewelry store,” declared
-Bob, excitedly.
-
-“Is that so!” exclaimed the man’s captor.
-
-“Yes, it is.”
-
-“Bob, here comes the marshal,” spoke Frank just then.
-
-“And the hose-cart,” added Sammy.
-
-Bob ran to meet the marshal. He told much that made the officer very
-anxious to take the man with the green shade over one eye in charge.
-The hose-cart men soon attacked the fire, which had been caused by some
-hot coals falling on the floor from the big stove in the schoolroom.
-Soon the blaze was put out.
-
-“You stay with me, Bob,” said the marshal, keeping tight hold of his
-prisoner. “I want to question this fellow. You seem to know more about
-him than any one else.”
-
-The marshal led the man to the nearest house. Its owner took them into
-a sitting-room.
-
-“Now, then, Bob,” said the marshal, “you are sure this is the man you
-saw with two satchels the night you told me about?”
-
-“Yes, sir, I am,” replied Bob.
-
-“My man,” asked the marshal, “what did you do with those satchels?”
-
-“I’m not going to get myself into trouble by telling,” replied the
-robber, sullenly.
-
-“You’re in pretty bad trouble already, if you only knew it,” said the
-marshal.
-
-“Well, supposing I tell?”
-
-“It will be the easier for you.”
-
-“I didn’t break into the jewelry store.”
-
-“Who did?”
-
-“My partner.”
-
-“Very well, tell us where he is, and about those satchels, and we’ll
-make it as light for you as we can.”
-
-“Is that a bargain?”
-
-“It is.”
-
-“All right,” said the man with the green shade over his eye. “I dropped
-them under the pump platform into the schoolhouse well.”
-
-“Mr. Ward,” said Bob, quickly, to the marshal, “send for a
-well-cleaner, and see if he is telling the truth.”
-
- * * * * *
-
-“Say, Bob, the whole town is talking about you,” spoke Frank Haven.
-
-“Are they?”
-
-“Yes.”
-
-“I should think they would!” cried Sammy Brown. “Why, you’ve done the
-biggest thing ever done in Fairview.”
-
-“Oh, pshaw!” said Bob, flushing up, “you’re making too much of nothing.”
-
-“Nothing?” echoed Frank. “Do you call it nothing saving my father from
-ruin, Bob Bouncer?”
-
-“Have I done that?”
-
-“Father says so, and he sent us down to bring you right up to the
-house.”
-
-“What for?” asked Bob.
-
-“He wants to pay you that reward.”
-
-“Well,” replied Bob, “he simply can’t do it. Do you suppose I’d let the
-father of my best chum pay me for what any boy would be glad to do? I
-guess not, Frank Haven!”
-
-“He wants to see you, anyway, so you’ve got to come along.”
-
-“That’s a fact,” put in Tom Chubb. “No getting out of it, Bob.”
-
-The others surrounded Bob and marched him down the street. A dozen
-people met him and shook hands with him. They met Minnie Grey, who
-called Bob “a hero,” and cried, as she always did when Bob met with
-“good luck,” as she called it. Little crippled Benny Lane cheered Bob
-with a dozen hurrahs as they passed his home.
-
-The satchels had been found in the schoolhouse well, and only a few
-pieces of jewelry were missing. The captured robber was now in jail,
-and the marshal and his men were looking for his partner.
-
-It came out that the tramp had heard Silas Dolby tell about the lost
-key to the jewelry store, and had found it in his garden. He had been
-given shelter in the old miser’s barn, because Mr. Dolby was afraid to
-refuse him, he was such a rough, ugly fellow.
-
-When the boys reached Frank’s home, Mr. Haven came out and met them. He
-grasped both of Bob’s hands, all smiles, and as happy as he could be.
-
-“Well, Bob,” he said, “I suppose you’ve come for that reward?”
-
-“Not a cent of it, Mr. Haven,” replied Bob, firmly.
-
-“I have decided to give you one hundred dollars, Bob. The balance, I
-suppose, should go to the marshal and his men.”
-
-“Mr. Haven,” said Bob, “my father told me that if I took so much as a
-cent from a good neighbor like you, he’d invite me out to the barn with
-a strap.”
-
-“Why, the town would mob him if he laid a finger on its hero!” declared
-Mr. Haven.
-
-“All right,” laughed Bob, “but you know I must obey my parents.”
-
-Mr. Haven was silent for a moment or two. He looked over the four
-fine-spirited lads in a proud and kindly way. Then he said:
-
-“Well, Bob, as you won’t have the reward, I shall go to work on a new
-plan. I intend to have the loft of the old barn fixed up nice and tidy
-for a clubroom for you and your friends.”
-
-“Oh, father, that will be fine!” cried Frank.
-
-“Famous!” echoed Sammy.
-
-“I shall spend the hundred dollars getting you the best gymnasium
-outfit it will buy,” added Mr. Haven.
-
-“Hurrah!” shouted Tom Chubb.
-
-“Vacation until they fix up the schoolhouse, and that grand gymnasium
-to think of!” said Sammy Brown. “Say, fellows, we’re having the finest
-time on earth!”
-
-Then the boys gave three rousing cheers for Frank Haven’s father, and
-started out on a new round of healthy fun and adventure, as will be
-related in the next volume of this series, to be called, “Fairview Boys
-at Camp Mystery; Or, The Old Hermit and His Secret.”
-
-“We are bound to have lots more of fun and excitement,” said Bob
-Bouncer.
-
-And they did.
-
-
-
-
- * * * * * *
-
-
-
-
-Transcriber’s note:
-
-—Obvious errors were corrected.
-
-
-
-***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FAIRVIEW BOYS AND THEIR RIVALS***
-
-
-******* This file should be named 51749-0.txt or 51749-0.zip *******
-
-
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
-http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/5/1/7/4/51749
-
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country outside the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
- are located before using this ebook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
-
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-
diff --git a/old/51749-0.zip b/old/51749-0.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index 87f5816..0000000
--- a/old/51749-0.zip
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/51749-h.zip b/old/51749-h.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index 657a91a..0000000
--- a/old/51749-h.zip
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/51749-h/51749-h.htm b/old/51749-h/51749-h.htm
deleted file mode 100644
index 5342e6a..0000000
--- a/old/51749-h/51749-h.htm
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5767 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
-<head>
-<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" />
-<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Fairview Boys and Their Rivals, by Frederick Gordon</title>
- <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" />
- <style type="text/css">
-
-body {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;}
-div.limit {max-width: 35em; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
-div.chapter {page-break-before: always;}
-.bord1 {border: solid 4px; margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%; margin-bottom: 2em; padding: 1.5em;}
-.wn {font-weight: normal; text-align: center; width: 34em; font-size: 90%;}
-.vh {visibility: hidden;}
-
- h1 {text-align: center; clear: both;}
- h2 {text-align: center; clear: both; margin-bottom: 2em;}
-
-p {margin-top: 0.2em; text-align: justify; margin-bottom: 0em; text-indent: 1.5em;}
-.pi6 {margin-top: 0em;text-indent: 0em; text-align: left; padding-left: 6em;}
-.pc {text-align: center; text-indent: 0em;}
-.pcx {margin-top: 0em; text-align: center; text-indent: 0em;}
-.pch {font-size: 80%; font-weight: normal;}
-.pc1 {margin-top: 1em; text-align: center; text-indent: 0em;}
-.pc2 {margin-top: 2em; text-align: center; text-indent: 0em;}
-.pc4 {margin-top: 4em; text-align: center; text-indent: 0em;}
-.pr2 {margin-top: 0em; text-align: right; text-indent: 0em; padding-right: 2em;}
-.ptn {margin-top: 0.3em; text-align: justify; text-indent: -1em; margin-left: 2%;}
-
-.p1 {margin-top: 1em;}
-.p4 {margin-top: 4em;}
-
-.small {font-size: 75%;}
-.reduct {font-size: 90%;}
-.lmid {font-size: 110%;}
-.mid {font-size: 125%;}
-.large {font-size: 150%;}
-.xlarge {font-size: 200%;}
-
-hr {width: 33%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em; margin-left: 33.5%; margin-right: 33.5%; clear: both;}
-hr.chap {width: 65%; margin-left: 17.5%; margin-right: 17.5%;}
-hr.d1 {width: 19%; margin-left: 40.5%; margin-right: 40.5%; margin-top: 4em; margin-bottom: 0.1em;}
-hr.d2 {width: 19%; margin-left: 40.5%; margin-right: 40.5%; margin-top: 0.1em; margin-bottom: 4em;}
-hr.d3 {width: 5%; margin-left: 47.5%; margin-right: 47.5%; margin-top: 0.5em; margin-bottom: 0.5em;}
-hr.d4 {width: 10%; margin-left: 45%; margin-right: 45%; margin-top: 0.5em; margin-bottom: 0.5em;}
-hr.d5 {width: 10%; margin-left: 45%; margin-right: 45%; margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em;}
-
-table {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
-#toc {width: 50%; line-height: 1em; margin-top: 1em;}
-
- .tdl1 {text-align: justify; vertical-align: top; padding-left: 1.5em; text-indent: -1em;}
- .tdr1 {text-align: right; width: 1em; vertical-align: top;}
- .tdr2 {text-align: right; width: 1em; vertical-align: bottom;}
-
-.figcenter {margin: auto; text-align: center; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em;}
-.caption {font-weight: bold;}
-.pc400 {margin-top: 0em; width: 25.5em; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; text-align: center; margin-bottom: 0.5em; text-indent: 0em;}
-
-.pagenum { /* visibility: hidden; */ position: absolute; left: 94%; color: gray;
- font-size: smaller; text-align: right; text-indent: 0em; font-style: normal; font-weight: normal;}
-
-.figcenter {margin: auto; text-align: center; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em;}
-
-.smcap {font-variant: small-caps;}
-
-.transnote {background-color: #E6E6FA; color: black; font-size:smaller; padding:0.5em; margin-bottom:5em; font-family:sans-serif, serif; }
-
- hr.full { width: 100%;
- margin-top: 3em;
- margin-bottom: 0em;
- margin-left: auto;
- margin-right: auto;
- height: 4px;
- border-width: 4px 0 0 0; /* remove all borders except the top one */
- border-style: solid;
- border-color: #000000;
- clear: both; }
- </style>
-</head>
-<body>
-<h1>The Project Gutenberg eBook, Fairview Boys and Their Rivals, by Frederick
-Gordon</h1>
-<p>This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States
-and most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
-restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
-under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
-eBook or online at <a
-href="http://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you are not
-located in the United States, you'll have to check the laws of the
-country where you are located before using this ebook.</p>
-<p>Title: Fairview Boys and Their Rivals</p>
-<p> or, Bob Bouncer's Schooldays</p>
-<p>Author: Frederick Gordon</p>
-<p>Release Date: April 13, 2016 [eBook #51749]</p>
-<p>Language: English</p>
-<p>Character set encoding: UTF-8</p>
-<p>***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FAIRVIEW BOYS AND THEIR RIVALS***</p>
-<p>&nbsp;</p>
-<h4 class="pc">E-text prepared by Giovanni Fini<br />
- and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team<br />
- (<a href="http://www.pgdp.net">http://www.pgdp.net</a>)<br />
- from page images generously made available by<br />
- Internet Archive<br />
- (<a href="https://archive.org">https://archive.org</a>)</h4>
-<p>&nbsp;</p>
-<table border="0" style="background-color: #ccccff;margin: 0 auto;" cellpadding="10">
- <tr>
- <td valign="top">
- Note:
- </td>
- <td>
- Images of the original pages are available through
- Internet Archive. See
- <a href="https://archive.org/details/fairviewboysthei00gord">
- https://archive.org/details/fairviewboysthei00gord</a>
- </td>
- </tr>
-</table>
-<p>&nbsp;</p>
-<hr class="full" />
-<p>&nbsp;</p>
-<p>&nbsp;</p>
-<p>&nbsp;</p>
-
-<div class="limit">
-
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_1" id="Page_1">[1]</a></span></p>
-
-<div class="chapter">
-
-<div class="figcenter">
- <img src="images/cover.jpg" width="350" height="515" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_2" id="Page_2">[2]</a></span></p>
-
-<div class="chapter">
-
-<div class="figcenter">
- <img src="images/ill-002.jpg" width="400" height="584"
- alt=""
- title="" />
- <div class="caption"><p class="pc400"><i>Bob Ran with the Pail to a Man at the
-Broken-in Door</i><br /><span class="wn">Frontispiece</span></p>
-</div></div>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3">[3]</a></span></p>
-
-<div class="chapter">
-
-<h1 class="p4">FAIRVIEW BOYS AND<br />
-THEIR RIVALS</h1>
-
-<p class="pc2 large">OR<br /><br />
-BOB BOUNCER’S SCHOOLDAYS</p>
-
-<p class="pc4 mid">BY<br />
-FREDERICK GORDON</p>
-
-<p class="pc">AUTHOR OF “THE YOUNG CRUSOES OF PINE ISLAND,”<br />
-“SAMMY BROWN’S TREASURE HUNT,” ETC.</p>
-
-<hr class="d1" />
-<p class="pcx"><i>ILLUSTRATED</i></p>
-<hr class="d2" />
-
-<p class="pc large">CHARLES E. GRAHAM &amp; CO.</p>
-<p class="pc mid">NEWARK, N. J.<span class="vh">&ndash;&mdash;</span>&mdash;<span class="vh">&mdash;&ndash;</span>NEW YORK</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4">[4]</a></span></p>
-
-<div class="bord1 p4">
-<p class="pc large"><b>BOOKS FOR BOYS</b></p>
-<hr class="d3" />
-<p class="pc lmid"><span class="smcap">By</span> FREDERICK GORDON</p>
-<p class="pc mid">FAIRVIEW BOYS SERIES</p>
-<hr class="d3" />
-<p class="pc reduct">Illustrated. Price, per volume,<br />
-60 cents, postpaid.</p>
-<hr class="d3" />
-<p>FAIRVIEW BOYS AFLOAT AND ASHORE</p>
-<p class="pi6 reduct">Or, The Young Crusoes of Pine Island</p>
-<p>FAIRVIEW BOYS ON EAGLE MOUNTAIN</p>
-<p class="pi6 reduct">Or, Sammy Brown’s Treasure Hunt</p>
-<p>FAIRVIEW BOYS AND THEIR RIVALS</p>
-<p class="pi6 reduct">Or, Bob Bouncer’s Schooldays</p>
-<p>FAIRVIEW BOYS AT CAMP MYSTERY</p>
-<p class="pi6 reduct">Or, The Old Hermit and His Secret</p>
-<p>FAIRVIEW BOYS AT LIGHTHOUSE COVE</p>
-<p class="pi6 reduct">Or, Carried Out to Sea</p>
-</div>
-
-<p class="pc"><span class="smcap">Copyright, 1912, by</span></p>
-<p class="pc lmid">GRAHAM &amp; MATLACK</p>
-
-<hr class="d4" />
-
-<p class="pc">Under The Title</p>
-<p class="pc reduct"><i>Bob Bouncer’s Schooldays</i></p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[5]</a></span></p>
-
-<h2 class="p4">CONTENTS</h2>
-
-<hr class="d3" />
-
-<table id="toc" summary="cont">
-
- <tr>
- <td colspan="2" class="tdl1"><span class="small">CHAPTER</span></td>
- <td class="tdr2"><span class="small">PAGE</span></td>
- </tr>
-
- <tr>
- <td class="tdr1">I.</td>
- <td class="tdl1"><span class="smcap">Three Chums</span></td>
- <td class="tdr2"><a href="#Page_7">7</a></td>
- </tr>
-
- <tr>
- <td class="tdr1">II.</td>
- <td class="tdl1"><span class="smcap">The First Day at School</span></td>
- <td class="tdr2"><a href="#Page_18">18</a></td>
- </tr>
-
- <tr>
- <td class="tdr1">III.</td>
- <td class="tdl1"><span class="smcap">The Lost Letters</span></td>
- <td class="tdr2"><a href="#Page_30">30</a></td>
- </tr>
-
- <tr>
- <td class="tdr1">IV.</td>
- <td class="tdl1"><span class="smcap">Something of a Mystery</span></td>
- <td class="tdr2"><a href="#Page_38">38</a></td>
- </tr>
-
- <tr>
- <td class="tdr1">V.</td>
- <td class="tdl1"><span class="smcap">The Big Bonfire</span></td>
- <td class="tdr2"><a href="#Page_50">50</a></td>
- </tr>
-
- <tr>
- <td class="tdr1">VI.</td>
- <td class="tdl1"><span class="smcap">Bombarded</span></td>
- <td class="tdr2"><a href="#Page_56">56</a></td>
- </tr>
-
- <tr>
- <td class="tdr1">VII.</td>
- <td class="tdl1"><span class="smcap">The Spelling Contest</span></td>
- <td class="tdr2"><a href="#Page_64">64</a></td>
- </tr>
-
- <tr>
- <td class="tdr1">VIII.</td>
- <td class="tdl1"><span class="smcap">The Mad Bull</span></td>
- <td class="tdr2"><a href="#Page_71">71</a></td>
- </tr>
-
- <tr>
- <td class="tdr1">IX.</td>
- <td class="tdl1"><span class="smcap">The Nutting Party</span></td>
- <td class="tdr2"><a href="#Page_79">79</a></td>
- </tr>
-
- <tr>
- <td class="tdr1">X.</td>
- <td class="tdl1">“<span class="smcap">The Day of Their Lives</span>”</td>
- <td class="tdr2"><a href="#Page_85">85</a></td>
- </tr>
-
- <tr>
- <td class="tdr1">XI.</td>
- <td class="tdl1"><span class="smcap">Robbery</span></td>
- <td class="tdr2"><a href="#Page_93">93</a></td>
- </tr>
-
- <tr>
- <td class="tdr1">XII.</td>
- <td class="tdl1"><span class="smcap">Bob Bouncer’s Clew</span></td>
- <td class="tdr2"><a href="#Page_100">100</a></td>
- </tr>
-
- <tr>
- <td class="tdr1">XIII.</td>
- <td class="tdl1"><span class="smcap">An Exciting Hour</span></td>
- <td class="tdr2"><a href="#Page_108">108</a></td>
- </tr>
-
- <tr>
- <td class="tdr1">XIV.</td>
- <td class="tdl1"><span class="smcap">Fire</span></td>
- <td class="tdr2"><a href="#Page_115">115</a></td>
- </tr>
-
- <tr>
- <td class="tdr1">XV.</td>
- <td class="tdl1"><span class="smcap">The Capture&mdash;Conclusion</span></td>
- <td class="tdr2"><a href="#Page_124">124</a></td>
- </tr>
-
-</table>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[6]</a></span></p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<div class="figcenter">
- <img src="images/ill-006.jpg" width="250" height="275"
- alt=""
- title="" />
-</div>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[7]</a></span></p>
-
-<div class="chapter">
-
-<p class="pc2 xlarge">Fairview Boys and Their Rivals</p>
-
-<p class="pc1 lmid">OR</p>
-
-<p class="pc1 lmid">BOB BOUNCER’S SCHOOLDAYS</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER I<br />
-<span class="pch">THREE CHUMS</span></h2>
-
-
-<p>“<span class="smcap">Well</span>, fellows,” said Frank Haven, “the long vacation is
-over at last.”</p>
-
-<p>“And now for school and study,” added Sammy Brown.</p>
-
-<p>“And fun!” echoed Bob Bouncer.</p>
-
-<p>He was well named, was this Bob Bouncer. On this
-bright September morning, Bob looked full of vim and go.
-He skipped along the pretty village road like the active lad
-he was, bounding through life with a laugh and a cheer, and
-getting out of it plenty of fun and frolic.</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t look so glum, Sammy!” he cried. “If any fellows
-had a grand old vacation to brag of, it’s us three.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, that’s so, and no mistake,” replied Sammy. “I’m
-not grumbling. I was just wishing that the boating, and the
-swimming, and getting wrecked on Pine Island, and that
-dandy time in the mountains, could last forever.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well,” said Bob, “school isn’t going to be a prison, is it?
-Especially this school. I found something this morning, and
-they say it’s a sign that things will be stirring right along.”</p>
-
-<p>“What is it, Bob?” asked Sammy, eagerly.</p>
-
-<p>“A lucky stone,” replied Bob, with a chuckle, producing
-the object in question.</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe it means that you’re going to be put into a
-higher class,” spoke Frank, with a smile.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[8]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“Or that we’re going to get half-holiday Fridays,” said
-Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“Or that Jed Burr is going to leave school,” put in
-Sammy, with a wry grimace.</p>
-
-<p>“Huh! no fear of Jed leaving,” said Bob. “He’ll stick on
-till he’s too old to stick any longer, and pester the life out of
-every one he meets.”</p>
-
-<p>“Are you afraid of him, Bob?” asked Sammy, slyly.</p>
-
-<p>“Afraid?” cried Bob. “I guess not! He’s just like a
-gnat or a hornet.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’m not going to play with him,” said Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>“You’ll have to, in the football game,” replied Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, I won’t at other times. He got me in trouble last
-term in a mean, sneaky way, and I won’t give him a chance
-again. Tell you one thing, fellows.”</p>
-
-<p>“And what’s that, Sammy?”</p>
-
-<p>“If Jed Burr tries any of his sly tricks on me this term,
-he’ll find me ready for him.”</p>
-
-<p>“How ready, Sammy?” asked Bob, with a sharp look at
-his comrade.</p>
-
-<p>“That’s a secret,” chuckled Sammy. “But you wait and
-see.”</p>
-
-<p>“There’s the half-past bell,” sang out Bob. “Let’s hurry
-and see what’s going on before school begins.”</p>
-
-<p>The Fairview schoolhouse was about half a mile from
-Bob’s home. He, Frank and Sammy lived near together.
-They had taken the bluff road lining Rainbow Lake. Just
-beyond the curve they were turning, the schoolhouse would
-come into view.</p>
-
-<p>Bob broke into a run, swinging his books at the end of
-a strap gaily. Just past the stone wall and the line of trees
-shutting out the view, he halted dead short.</p>
-
-<p>“What’s he staring at, I wonder?” said Frank.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[9]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“Don’t know. Let’s find out,” replied Sammy, and both
-hurried on.</p>
-
-<p>“The mischief!” shouted Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>He, too, halted. Frank joined them, and the three lads
-for a moment stood looking in wonder down the slanting
-road.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s a runaway automobile,” cried Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>“And a boy in it,” added Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“Whew! there’s a tumble,” shouted Bob, dancing up and
-down in a state of great excitement.</p>
-
-<p>Not fifty feet away from them, near a vacant house, an
-automobile was coming towards them. A boy in its front
-seat seemed to have been trying to turn around. When Bob
-and his chums first caught sight of the machine, they saw
-that this boy was trying to stop it, but he did not seem to
-know how to go about the task.</p>
-
-<p>In some way he had gotten mixed up on the steering
-gear, and the auto crossed the road sideways. As it reached
-the edge of the road, its front wheels struck a fallen tree. As
-the auto passed over the log, there was a big jolt. The boy
-in the machine was lifted up in his seat, and either jumped
-or fell flat into a great puddle of mud.</p>
-
-<p>“Frank,” cried Bob, “see where it’s headed!”</p>
-
-<p>“Say, it’s a goner!” gasped Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>Frank was the only one of the three who knew much
-about an automobile, and that was very little. An uncle of
-his owned a machine, and he had spent a day or two lately
-with his relatives at Fairview. Frank had gone on several
-runs with his uncle. He had noticed how his relative had
-handled the automobile, but in a general way only. As he
-ran towards the machine now, he hardly knew what he
-should do to stop it.</p>
-
-<p>The runaway automobile was not going very fast. It was<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[10]</a></span>
-the way it was headed that made Frank realize that something
-must be done. The machine was tearing up the earth,
-and running against rocks, and bumping past trees, directly
-at the edge of the bluff road.</p>
-
-<p>“If it keeps on that way,” said Frank to himself, “it will
-go over the edge of the bluff.”</p>
-
-<p>If that happened the auto would be wrecked. It would
-roll over and over down quite a steep slant until it reached
-Rainbow Lake.</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t get in! don’t get in!” shouted Sammy, his eyes
-nearly bolting out of his head, as he saw no chance to stop
-the auto.</p>
-
-<p>Frank could hardly have jumped into the machine, it
-wobbled about so. But he reached its side, ran along with
-it, and then jumped to the step.</p>
-
-<p>Once Frank had been with his uncle when his auto, turning
-a sharp curve, nearly ran into a great load of hay
-blocking the road. Frank remembered that his uncle had
-acted as quick as lightning. He had shot out his hand and
-grasped the side brake, at the same time turning off the
-power at the wheel.</p>
-
-<p>“That was a narrow graze,” his uncle had told him, as
-the machine stopped short.</p>
-
-<p>He called it “killing the engine.” All this was in
-Frank’s mind as he now gave the brake of the runaway auto
-a quick wrench and at the same time shoved back the controls
-on the steering wheel. As a sway of the auto threw him off
-the step, the chug! chug! of the machine stopped, and so did
-the auto itself.</p>
-
-<p>The big red car had one wheel wedged between two
-rocks. Frank breathed pretty hard as he noticed that had
-the auto gone ten feet farther, it would have toppled over
-the cliff.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[11]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“Oh, say, you’ve done a big thing,” panted Sammy,
-running up to the spot.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m glad it didn’t go over the bluff,” said Frank.</p>
-
-<p>He might well say this. As he glanced down the slant,
-Frank almost became frightened. Three little huts, where
-some fishermen and their families lived, were right in the
-course the auto might take. Just now some small children
-were playing near one of the huts.</p>
-
-<p>“Say, if it hit those houses&mdash;say, if it smashed over those
-children&mdash;&mdash;” began Sammy, in a gasp.</p>
-
-<p>“Where is Bob?” asked Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“He’s helping the fellow who tumbled out of the auto,”
-explained Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>Frank turned around, to see Bob back at the spot where
-the boy in the auto had taken his tumble into the mud
-puddle.</p>
-
-<p>Bob had helped the boy out of the water and mire. Just
-now he was rubbing the mud from his coat with some dry
-grass. The victim of the accident was mopping his face
-with a handkerchief.</p>
-
-<p>“Here comes the man who owns the automobile, I guess,”
-said Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>Frank saw a man rush down the road from the direction
-of the vacant house. He was in a great hurry, and excited.
-He shouted some words at Bob and his companion, and,
-passing Frank and Sammy, gasping for breath, ran to the
-automobile.</p>
-
-<p>As he looked it over and saw that he could get it back
-into the roadway without risk or damage, he walked up to
-the boys.</p>
-
-<p>“One of you stopped that machine,” he said, glancing
-from Frank to Sammy.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[12]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“It was Frank, mister,” said Sammy, pointing to his
-chum.</p>
-
-<p>“I haven’t got much with me,” spoke the man, his voice
-trembling.</p>
-
-<p>First he shook Frank’s hand warmly. Then he groped in
-his pocket and drew out a bright new silver dollar.</p>
-
-<p>“You take that till I see you again,” he said.</p>
-
-<p>“No, no,” replied Frank. “I don’t want any pay for
-doing the little I did.”</p>
-
-<p>“Little!” cried the man, pressing the coin on Frank.
-“That machine is worth three thousand dollars, and you
-saved it.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, I’m glad if I did,” said Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“If that boy back there was my boy,” spoke the man, with
-a look at the lad who had tumbled out of the auto, “I’d either
-teach him how to run the machine, or handcuff him when
-he was aboard.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, isn’t he your boy?” inquired Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>“No, I’m his father’s chauffeur.”</p>
-
-<p>They all went up to the mud puddle. Bob was helping
-his companion get cleaned up in as friendly a way as if they
-had been chums for years.</p>
-
-<p>“Why,” shouted Sammy, in blank surprise, “it’s the fat
-boy.”</p>
-
-<p>“So it is,” replied Frank, in a wondering tone.</p>
-
-<p>“Hello,” spoke the boy who had tumbled out of the auto.
-“You fellows here, too?”</p>
-
-<p>Bob’s face, as were the faces of the others, was set in
-a broad smile. They all had good reason to remember “the
-fat boy.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, it’s me,” said the victim of the accident, rubbing
-some dirt out of one ear. “Is the machine all right, Buxton?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, the machine is all right,” replied the man; “but ten<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[13]</a></span>
-feet more, and it would have been all wrong. What was you
-trying to do with it, anyhow?”</p>
-
-<p>“I thought I would turn it around. I only touched one
-little handle, and then the foot-plate, and the pesky auto
-wouldn’t go straight at all. Yes, fellows,” smiled the speaker
-at Frank and Sammy, “I’m like the bad penny, turned up
-again.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’m glad to see you in Fairview,” said Frank. “How
-are you getting on at the academy?”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, I’ve quit there,” said Tom Chubb, otherwise “the
-fat boy.”</p>
-
-<p>“How is that?”</p>
-
-<p>“They said I wasn’t far enough along to keep up with
-the class.”</p>
-
-<p>“I see.”</p>
-
-<p>“You know I don’t know much,” said the fat boy, frankly.
-“The fellows all made fun of me. Then they got mad. I
-couldn’t hit back when they fought me, I was so fat. Well,
-all I could do was to get them in a corner and fall on
-them.”</p>
-
-<p>“Ha! ha!” laughed Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>“That’s pretty good,” chuckled Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“Father is thinking of coming to Fairview to live for the
-summer,” went on the fat boy. “I think we’ll take that
-vacant house Buxton was just looking at.”</p>
-
-<p>“Why, then, you may come to our school?” said Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>“I reckon I will,” replied the fat boy. “I hope so, for I
-like you fellows. Say,” and he grinned from ear to ear,
-“remember how you met me in the mountains that night?”</p>
-
-<p>“Of course we do,” smiled Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“How you told me how to get even with the students who
-hazed me? Well, I did it great and grand, and I’ll never
-forget you for that.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[14]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>In a few minutes the chauffeur got the automobile back
-into the road. The fat boy waved his hand to the boys until
-the machine turned out of sight.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, who ever thought of meeting that fellow again!”
-laughed Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“He’s a comical one,” said Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“He asked if we remembered that night in the mountains,”
-said Sammy. “Huh! as if we’d ever forget it.”</p>
-
-<p>Each one of the boys was busy for the moment thinking
-of that same night in the mountains. It had brought back
-some adventure that had made the long vacation a time of
-great delight to them.</p>
-
-<p>Those of my young readers who have read the first book
-of the present series, entitled: “Fairview Boys Afloat and
-Ashore; Or, The Young Crusoes of Pine Island,” will recall
-the exciting but jolly time Frank, Bob and Sammy had when
-the sail-boat <i>Puff</i> was wrecked on Pine Island.</p>
-
-<p>The three boys had been allowed to make a one day’s
-cruise on Rainbow Lake. They had, however, gotten caught
-in a big storm, and were marooned on Pine Island for several
-days.</p>
-
-<p>All the time Sammy Brown’s busy head was full of
-misers’ hoards and hidden treasure. In the second book of
-this series, called “Fairview Boys on Eagle Mountain; Or,
-Sammy Brown’s Treasure Hunt,” Sammy induced his two
-loyal companions to go with him to Eagle Mountain in search
-of a fancied lot of treasure.</p>
-
-<p>The boys had found no treasure. However, they ran
-across a stolen horse and got a twenty-five-dollar reward for
-returning it to its owner.</p>
-
-<p>It was during the first night of their camping out in the
-mountains that they came across the fat boy, Tom Chubb.</p>
-
-<p>Some school chums of his at a distant academy had made<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[15]</a></span>
-Tom believe they were going to let him help them cut down
-a bee tree. They induced him to lug along a heavy log chain
-nearly ten miles. Then they scurried away, leaving him to
-guess the trick that had been played upon him, and to find
-his way back home alone at midnight the best way he could.</p>
-
-<p>Bob and his friends had come across Tom, and had
-given him food and shelter for the night. Bob had told him
-how to get even with the schemers. This was to buy two
-pails of fine comb honey from a farmer, and march back with
-it to the academy just as if nothing had happened.</p>
-
-<p>“He did it, fellows,” said Bob now. “He says he gave
-the whole school a royal treat, never told a word as to how
-he got the honey, and crowed over the fellows who played
-the trick till they were as mum as turtles.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, he’s a pretty good fellow,” said Frank. “I hope
-he comes to our school.”</p>
-
-<p>“So do I,” echoed Sammy. “Here we are.”</p>
-
-<p>A turn in the road brought them in full sight of the
-village schoolhouse. They hurried forward eagerly. There
-was always a novelty in the first day at school. They looked
-over the bright active scene before them with interest.</p>
-
-<p>“Pretty near the same old crowd,” said Sammy. “See,
-there’s Nellie Somers.”</p>
-
-<p>“Hum!” spoke Bob, slyly, “how is it you always manage
-to see her first, Sammy?”</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t get smart, Bob,” cried Sammy. “Oh, there’s
-little Benny Lane.”</p>
-
-<p>“And Jed Burr, big as life,” added Bob. “Look at him,
-Frank. I should think he’d get tired of that same old trick
-of his.”</p>
-
-<p>“What trick, Bob?” asked Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“Watch him and see.”</p>
-
-<p>Their eyes were fixed on a boy who was moving from<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[16]</a></span>
-place to place on the playground. This was Jed Burr. He
-was known as the bully of the school, and, except by a few
-chums of his own kind, was not very well liked.</p>
-
-<p>As a new arrival came upon the playground, he would
-go up to him and put out his hand as if to welcome him.
-Just now an innocent-faced little fellow put out his hand in
-response. Jed seized it, gave the boy a quick jerk, and sent
-him flat on his face with a great laugh.</p>
-
-<p>Jed spied the three friends as they came up, and hurried
-towards them.</p>
-
-<p>“Look out, fellows,” warned Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, we know his tricks,” replied Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“You know, when he can’t catch a fellow with the hand-shake,”
-said Sammy, “he runs up to him when he isn’t looking
-and gives him a slap on the back that nearly knocks the
-breath out of him.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, and he calls that fun,” said Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“I hope he tries it on me,” said Sammy, with a chuckle.</p>
-
-<p>“Hello!” said Bob, with a sharp look at Sammy, “what
-are you up to?”</p>
-
-<p>“Never mind. You just watch me if Jed Burr tries it,”
-said Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, hello, Frank!” spoke Jed, reaching out his hand.</p>
-
-<p>“Fine, thank you,” smiled Frank, and he shook his own
-hand.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, Jed, never better,” laughed Bob, putting his hand
-behind him.</p>
-
-<p>Sammy had turned clear around, facing the schoolhouse.
-Jed saw this, and his eye brightened. He even drew up his
-coat-sleeve, winked at Frank and Bob, stole up behind
-Sammy, and, bringing his hand across Sammy’s back, gloated
-out:</p>
-
-<p>“Hello, Sammy Brown&mdash;wow! ouch!”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[17]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>A wonderful change came over the face of the school
-bully. He drew back his hand as if it had touched red-hot
-iron. He wrung it with a pained look on his face.</p>
-
-<p>Sammy turned around, as cool as a cucumber.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, Jed, what’s the matter?” he asked, innocently.</p>
-
-<p>Jed Burr grumbled out something, stuck his hand in his
-pocket, and strode away with a scowl on his face.</p>
-
-<p>“What have you been up to, Sammy?” asked Frank, half
-guessing.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, nothing but wearing a pin cushion between my
-shoulders,” chuckled Sammy in reply.</p>
-
-<p>Just then the bell rang, and the scholars began to flock
-into the little schoolhouse.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[18]</a></span></p>
-
-<div class="chapter">
-
-<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER II<br />
-<span class="pch">THE FIRST DAY AT SCHOOL</span></h2>
-
-
-<p><span class="smcap">Frank Haven</span> piloted Benny Lane among the crowding
-scholars. The little fellow used a crutch, and some of the
-rougher boys nearly swept him off his feet.</p>
-
-<p>“It seems like home again, doesn’t it, Sammy?” whispered
-Bob, as they took their places at their old desks.</p>
-
-<p>There was the usual hum and bustle that always took
-place on the first day of school.</p>
-
-<p>Miss Williams, the teacher, welcomed all the boys and
-girls with a pleasant smile. She gave the scholars time to
-settle themselves in their seats before she called the school to
-order.</p>
-
-<p>When she finally tapped the little bell on her desk everybody
-became quiet, except Jed Burr. He was leaning over
-towards Sammy’s desk, mumbling out something about getting
-even with him. Miss Williams tapped the desk sharply
-with her ruler, and looked right at Jed. He scowled at
-Sammy and then at the teacher.</p>
-
-<p>“There will be no school this afternoon,” began Miss
-Williams, and there was a great rustling about, and everybody
-grew eager and smiling.</p>
-
-<p>“The school board will meet here this afternoon,” went
-on the teacher, “so you will have a half holiday.”</p>
-
-<p>“Hurrah!” cheered Sammy to himself.</p>
-
-<p>Bob touched his foot with his own and chuckled.</p>
-
-<p>“This morning you will all come up in your turn and get<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[19]</a></span>
-your classes and lists for new books,” added Miss Williams.
-“The new scholars will come first, please.”</p>
-
-<p>Minnie Grey, a shy little girl whose folks were poor, and
-who carried milk and eggs around to sell mornings and
-evenings, got her list of books.</p>
-
-<p>She sat right in front of Bob. He could look over her
-shoulder and read the list. When he got his own he wrote
-and slipped her a note.</p>
-
-<p class="p1">“dear Minie,” it read, “I have got all the books you
-nead, and I am threw with them. You can have them after
-school.”</p>
-
-<p class="p1">Minnie had been looking over her list very solemnly. The
-cost of the books seemed a small fortune to her. She studied
-over Bob’s hasty note and her eyes sparkled. Then she wrote
-on her slate, and held it up so Bob could read the words:</p>
-
-<p class="p1">“You are a reel gude boy.”</p>
-
-<p class="p1">Jed Burr, who was watching everything Bob did,
-snickered. One of his crowd said “cluck-cluck!” in a
-whisper. Another one pretended to pull Minnie’s braid of
-hair as if it were a cow’s tail, and said “Moo-oo.”</p>
-
-<p>It made Jed madder than ever when he found he would
-have to go over the studies of the last term. Bob, Frank
-and Sammy were pleased to find that they were promoted to
-the third class, and would all have the same studies.</p>
-
-<p>Dave Duncan, who was a leader with the best crowd of
-boys, kept busy till recess time making up a list of the football
-teams. It got whispered about what he was up to, and
-most of the boys were thinking a good deal more of the
-coming sport than of their studies.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[20]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Miss Williams went home at recess time for some reports
-she had left in her room. Most of the boys stayed in the
-schoolhouse, for Dave was telling of the make-up of the new
-teams.</p>
-
-<p>Jed Burr had a good deal to say about it, but Dave settled
-it all without his advice. When they had arranged their
-plans there were a few minutes left for play. The boys began
-chasing each other about the room.</p>
-
-<p>Bob, in dodging a boy who was chasing him, pulled open
-a door of a little storeroom just behind the teacher’s desk.
-He was intent on hiding, but the other saw his move. Bob
-only slipped inside the storeroom, and then sprang out again.</p>
-
-<p>Several times Jed Burr brushed by Sammy and Bob, and
-seemed to take a pleasure in bumping up hard against them.
-Bob paid no attention to his ugly ways.</p>
-
-<p>Then the teacher came back, and recess was over. There
-was half an hour of practising on some school songs. After
-that Miss Williams gave out some writing exercises to be
-done at home.</p>
-
-<p>She went to the little storeroom to fill an ink-well. Jed
-Burr threw a wad of paper at some girls as the teacher’s back
-was turned. He jumped on his seat and was getting ready
-to go through what he thought was some smart antics, when
-Miss Williams cried out sharply, and came back into the
-schoolroom.</p>
-
-<p>“Who pushed the large bottle of ink off the table in the
-storeroom?” she asked, sternly.</p>
-
-<p>No one replied. There was utter silence as she looked
-from face to face.</p>
-
-<p>“Some one did,” went on Miss Williams. “It lies broken
-on the floor, and the ink is all over the room.” And necks
-were craned to notice her black footmarks from the storeroom.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[21]</a></span></p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
- <img src="images/ill-021.jpg" width="400" height="583"
- alt=""
- title="" />
- <div class="caption"><p class="pc400"><i>Bob Held His Breath, for It Was a
-Startling Sight</i></p>
-</div></div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[22]</a></span></p>
-<p>&nbsp;</p>
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[23]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Miss Williams waited a moment or two for some one to
-speak. Then she asked:</p>
-
-<p>“Has any one of the scholars been in the storeroom this
-morning?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, Bob Bouncer,” said a quick voice.</p>
-
-<p>Bob knew that it was Jed Burr who had spoken. He
-flushed a little, and rose to his feet.</p>
-
-<p>“I was in the storeroom, but it was only for a second,
-Miss Williams,” he said.</p>
-
-<p>“Then you broke the bottle of ink?”</p>
-
-<p>“No, ma’am, I didn’t,” said Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“You must tell the truth, Bob,” said Miss Williams. “If
-you broke it by accident, it could not be helped.”</p>
-
-<p>“I didn’t break it at all. I wasn’t near the table. I wasn’t
-over a foot inside the room, Miss Williams.”</p>
-
-<p>There was a sniff and a sneer. The word “stuff” was
-heard all over the room. Miss Williams looked very sharply
-at Bob. Then she touched the bell, with the words:</p>
-
-<p>“School is dismissed. Bob, you may remain.”</p>
-
-<p>Bob looked pretty glum as the other scholars trooped out.
-Jed Burr chuckled as he passed him. Little Minnie Grey
-was in tears. Frank was angry, and he hurried out after
-Jed to give him a piece of his mind.</p>
-
-<p>Miss Williams sat down at her desk and paid no attention
-to the lonely scholar left in the room. She knew Bob to be
-a good boy, but she knew, too, that he was proud and
-stubborn, and never liked to be censured before the whole
-school. She hoped that silence and thought would lead Bob
-to confess, if he had really spilled the ink.</p>
-
-<p>Bob heard the boys in the distance shouting and playing.
-It made him more gloomy than ever to think how they were
-planning for the football game that afternoon, and he was
-shut out from it.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[24]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Miss Williams went on quietly writing at the desk. Bob
-got tired looking around the room. He dropped his head
-upon his arms and tried not to feel mean. Miss Williams
-thought he was sulking, and did not disturb him. Suddenly
-Bob raised his head quickly.</p>
-
-<p>“Sit still, dearie,” spoke a strange voice. “Sit still now,
-or I’ll stick you.”</p>
-
-<p>Bob’s eyes opened to their widest. The door of the storeroom
-was now open. A woman had come from it. She had
-stolen up behind the school teacher without being seen or
-heard by Miss Williams.</p>
-
-<p>As she spoke the words that caused Bob to look up, she
-grasped the long back hair of the school teacher in one hand.
-In the other she waved a long sharp-pointed pair of scissors.</p>
-
-<p>Miss Williams tried to turn around, but the woman kept
-a firm hold on the coils of her hair.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, Mary,” spoke the teacher, turning pale, but trying
-to act calmly, “how did you come here?”</p>
-
-<p>Bob also knew the woman at a glance. She was called
-Simple Mary. Some years before, her husband and child
-had been drowned in a great storm on Rainbow Lake. The
-shock drove the poor creature out of her mind.</p>
-
-<p>Since then she had had frequent spells, when the authorities
-had to shut her up in an asylum. Then she would be
-very quiet for weeks at a time, when she would roam about
-the country. Some kind-hearted people always gave her
-work or shelter.</p>
-
-<p>Bob held his breath, for it was quite startling to see Mary
-waving the scissors. Her eyes looked wild, and she was not
-in one of her quiet moods, that was certain.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ve been here hiding in the storeroom since before
-school,” began Mary, with a sly laugh.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, what for?” asked Miss Williams.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[25]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“To wait for you.”</p>
-
-<p>“For me, Mary?” said the teacher, as calmly as she
-could.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, ma’am. You see, I expect my little child home
-to-night. You know, she has been away at school for nearly
-four years.”</p>
-
-<p>“Indeed, Mary,” replied Miss Williams, humoring the
-delusion of the poor mother. “That will be very nice,
-indeed.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, ma’am. I’m making her a beautiful doll, and I need
-some hair for its head. You have got such lovely hair, I want
-it. Now, if you hold still I won’t hurt you, but if you don’t
-I will have to stick you.”</p>
-
-<p>Mary’s eyes glared as she said this. Miss Williams was
-very much frightened, but she sat perfectly still.</p>
-
-<p>“If you will come home with me, Mary, I will give you
-some hair I have that was cut off when I was sick.”</p>
-
-<p>“No, ma’am, I want this hair,” replied Mary, stubbornly.
-“Oh, how pretty it will look on the doll!” she cried.</p>
-
-<p>Bob made up his mind that it was time for him to act.
-He saw that the witless woman would either cut off Miss
-Williams’ hair, or hurt her with the scissors.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s lucky I’m here,” thought Bob, “even if I was kept
-in for nothing.”</p>
-
-<p>Bob stooped low in the shadow of the desks, and crept
-down the aisle. As he got clear of the last desk, Mary
-pulled back the head of the teacher. Miss Williams uttered
-a faint scream.</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t want to hurt you, but you must keep still,” cried
-Mary, quite angrily.</p>
-
-<p>Bob reached her side in a quick dash. He reached out
-so strongly that he managed to wrench the scissors from her<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[26]</a></span>
-hand. Giving them a fling away over beyond the last row
-of desks, Bob got a firm grip on Mary’s wrist.</p>
-
-<p>Miss Williams saw what he had done and gave a glad
-cry.</p>
-
-<p>She at once seized the other wrist of Mary. Then both
-held her a prisoner.</p>
-
-<p>Mary got very wild. She turned on Bob and her eyes
-were blazing.</p>
-
-<p>“You bad boy!” she cried. “When I get my scissors again
-I’ll cut your fingers off.”</p>
-
-<p>“Now be sensible, Mary,” pleaded Miss Williams gently
-with the struggling woman. “You don’t want me to send for
-the constable and have you taken back to the poor farm, do
-you?”</p>
-
-<p>This terrified and finally quieted the mad woman.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, no, no!” she cried. “Please don’t do that; please
-don’t!”</p>
-
-<p>“See here, Mary,” said Bob, “you know my mother?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, I do, Bob,” answered the woman, nodding.</p>
-
-<p>“She’s your friend, isn’t she?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, indeed! She gave me a week’s work and a nice
-room all to myself last spring.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, you come with me, Mary,” said Bob, “and we’ll
-go up to the house. My mother has been making a silk quilt,
-and I’m sure she has some pretty pieces she’ll give you to
-fix up your doll.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, won’t that be fine!” cried Mary, in childish glee.
-“Yes, yes,” she said; “take me there right away, will you?”</p>
-
-<p>They felt safe now to let go of Mary. She clapped her
-hands in great glee, and seemed to have forgotten about
-cutting off the teacher’s hair.</p>
-
-<p>“Mary,” asked Miss Williams, “have you been hiding in
-the storeroom ever since school began?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[27]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“Oh, yes, ma’am, and long before that”</p>
-
-<p>“Did you tip over a bottle of ink in there?”</p>
-
-<p>“I didn’t mean to, but I did,” said Mary.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, never mind; it was an accident. I am very sorry,
-Bob, I suspected you of hiding the truth, and kept you in.”</p>
-
-<p>“It’s good you did, the way things have turned out, isn’t
-it now, Miss Williams?” laughed Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“I shall tell the scholars that I was in the wrong,” said
-the teacher.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, you’re never much in the wrong,” said Bob, gallantly.
-“All the fellows know you’re always fair and good to us.”</p>
-
-<p>“Thank you, Bob.”</p>
-
-<p>“Come on. Let us run,” spoke Mary, and Bob let her
-take his hand. “Remember, now, I’m to have some of those
-fine silk patches?”</p>
-
-<p>“I am sure my mother will give them to you, Mary,”
-replied Bob.</p>
-
-<p>Some of the Burr crowd hooted and jeered as they saw
-Bob with Simple Mary. Sammy ran after him, and Bob
-explained matters to his chum.</p>
-
-<p>“Be sure to get back here by one o’clock, Bob,” called out
-Sammy, as they parted.</p>
-
-<p>“Is there going to be a game?” asked Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, a fine one, and our crowd needs you.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll be on hand,” promised Bob.</p>
-
-<p>Mary chatted in her childish, innocent way. When they
-reached the Bouncer home Mary sat down on the grass to pet
-a little kitten. This gave Bob a chance to get to his mother
-and explain how matters were.</p>
-
-<p>Mrs. Bouncer came out, in her pleasant, kindly way, and
-took Mary into the house. Bob knew that his mother would
-do all that was right for the poor lady, and set about his
-noon-time chores.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[28]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>He had his lunch and then went up to his den to get some
-of his football togs. When he came down his mother told
-him that the village sewing circle was to meet at the house
-that afternoon. They would arrange for the comfort and
-safety of Mary in some way, she said.</p>
-
-<p>As Bob started from the house he saw Mary seated in the
-little summer-house, looking over some pretty pieces of silk
-like a pleased child, and singing to herself in a happy, contented
-way.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ve got lots of time,” said Bob to himself, as he walked
-down the street, “but I’ll get to the field early, so as to have
-a talk about the game with Dave.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, Bob! Bob!” called out a hurried voice, as he was
-passing a neat little cottage, setting somewhat back from the
-street.</p>
-
-<p>Its owner and tenant, Miss Simmons, the prim old maid
-of the village, came out to the gate. She looked worried.</p>
-
-<p>“Bob, will you do me a favor?” she asked, in an excited
-way.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll be glad to, Miss Simmons,” replied Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, my little nephew Walter has been staying with me
-for a few days. He has been missing for over an hour. I
-thought he was playing with some neighbors’ children, but I
-find that none of them has seen him.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, he’s safe somewhere,” said Bob, seeing how nervous
-and frightened the old maid was.</p>
-
-<p>“Won’t you please try and find him?”</p>
-
-<p>“Of course I will,” replied Bob, promptly. “I’ll look
-myself, and if I don’t find him I’ll get the other boys to join
-in the search.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, thank you, thank you,” said Miss Simmons.</p>
-
-<p>Bob turned around to start down the street, when he
-chanced to look ahead of him.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[29]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“Why, Miss Simmons, there is Walter now,” he said.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, so it is,” cried the old maid, starting down the
-street.</p>
-
-<p>A dusty, tired-out little youngster came towards them.
-Bob walked on with Miss Simmons, until they reached him.</p>
-
-<p>“You bad little boy!” cried Miss Simmons, seizing Walter
-by the arms. “Where have you ever been?”</p>
-
-<p>“I’ve been playing postman, that’s all,” replied the little
-fellow.</p>
-
-<p>He perked up in a proud sort of a way as he said this,
-Bob thought.</p>
-
-<p>“Postman?” repeated Miss Simmons, with a sniff.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, Aunty.”</p>
-
-<p>“What do you mean?”</p>
-
-<p>“Why, I’ve been giving out letters all along the street,
-’way, ’way down it,” replied the little urchin, with a slow,
-long sweep of his chubby little arm.</p>
-
-<p>“What letters? Where did you get them?” asked Miss
-Simmons, sharply.</p>
-
-<p>“Just out of the box on your bureau, Aunty,” was the
-innocent reply.</p>
-
-<p>“Out of&mdash;my box&mdash;on&mdash;the bureau!” almost shrieked
-Miss Simmons, turning pale.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, Aunty.”</p>
-
-<p>“And what did you do with them?” cried Miss Simmons,
-greatly excited.</p>
-
-<p>“I passed them out, just as our postman does, to all the
-houses.”</p>
-
-<p>“O-oh! o-oh!” screamed the old maid.</p>
-
-<p>Then she fell against the fence as if overcome, and slipped
-to the ground. She wrung her hands, and screamed outright.
-The amazed Bob saw her roll over on the grass in a fit of
-hysterics.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[30]</a></span></p>
-
-<div class="chapter">
-
-<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER III<br />
-<span class="pch">THE LOST LETTERS</span></h2>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">Bob</span> hardly knew what hysterics were. He thought that
-Miss Simmons was in a fit.</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t get scared, Walter,” he said to the little boy, who
-was frightened and began to cry.</p>
-
-<p>Bob jumped over the fence and ran to the pump in the
-yard. A cup hung on a nail. He filled this with cool, fresh
-water, and ran back to Miss Simmons. She was sitting up
-by this time and moaning, but she saw him coming.</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t throw that water on me,” she said. “I’m only
-faint. Let me drink. Oh, those letters! those letters!”</p>
-
-<p>Miss Simmons got to her feet, and at once fell against the
-fence again. Bob wondered why she was so stirred up.</p>
-
-<p>“I wouldn’t get so excited if I were you,” he said. “What
-about the letters, Miss Simmons?”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, I can’t tell. That is&mdash;they are very precious&mdash;I
-mean important,” stammered the old maid, covering her face
-with her hands.</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe I can get them back for you.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, could you? Can you?” cried the woman, eagerly.</p>
-
-<p>“I can try,” said Bob. “Were there many of them?”</p>
-
-<p>“Just twenty, Bob,” replied Miss Simmons.</p>
-
-<p>“Twenty? Were they all addressed to you?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, years ago. Oh, I must get them back at once, Bob&mdash;at
-once,” and she acted as if she was going into another
-fit.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[31]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“Maybe people will bring them back to you,” said Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“But they would read them first. Oh, I should die if
-they did! I would leave town. Everybody would be laughing
-at me.”</p>
-
-<p>“What would they laugh for?” asked honest Bob.</p>
-
-<p>Miss Simmons did not reply to this. She only wrung her
-hands and looked worried to death.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, Bob, please try and get those letters back,” she
-begged of him. “I’ll pay you well.”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t want any pay,” said Bob. “Here, Walter, you
-come with me and show me what you did with those letters.”</p>
-
-<p>Bob caught hold of Walter’s hands, but the little fellow
-hung back.</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t want to go,” he whimpered.</p>
-
-<p>“Why not?” asked Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m all tired out.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll carry you on my back part of the way,” promised
-Bob, “and I’ll make you a fine kite next Saturday.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, goody! I’ll go, I’ll go,” cried Walter.</p>
-
-<p>“Now, Miss Simmons, you go in the house and get some
-rest and quiet,” said Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“Do you think you can get the letters back?” asked Miss
-Simmons, anxiously.</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t worry now,” said Bob. “I’m going to do the best
-I can, and, you see, I stand a good show, getting after them
-so quickly.”</p>
-
-<p>Miss Simmons went into the house, and Bob hoisted
-Walter to his back.</p>
-
-<p>“Now then,” he said, “you must tell me just what you did
-with those letters.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, I will,” replied the little fellow, greatly delighted
-at the ride and the promise of a kite. “You see, I went down
-this street to the next corner.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[32]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“Yes,” nodded Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“Then I turned and went down one side of the next street
-and back the other.”</p>
-
-<p>“What did you do with the letters?”</p>
-
-<p>“I went up on the stoops, just like the postman, and left
-a letter on each step.”</p>
-
-<p>“Did you knock or ring the bell?”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, no.”</p>
-
-<p>“Why not? The postman does.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, I know that,” said little Walter, “but I did it as a
-s’prise.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, a surprise?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, s’prise. That’s the first house,” said Walter, pointing
-around the corner as they reached the next street.</p>
-
-<p>Bob lowered Walter to a hitching-block, and went up the
-walk leading to the house before which he had halted.</p>
-
-<p>“That’s good,” he said to himself, as he saw the end of
-an old envelope sticking out from half-way under the door.</p>
-
-<p>“One of the twenty letters, anyway,” added Bob, placing
-the envelope in his pocket, as he read the address of Miss
-Simmons upon it.</p>
-
-<p>At the second house he saw no letter lying around the
-porch. A lady came to the door. She knew Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“I am looking for a letter Miss Simmons’ little nephew
-left on your door-step,” he said.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, yes. I saw him come in, and I thought it was a
-circular. Then I noticed Miss Simmons’ name on it, and
-guessed the little fellow was up to some boyish prank. Here
-it is. I was going to return it to her.”</p>
-
-<p>Thus Bob went down one side of the street. At every
-place but one he found the letters where they had been left.
-At the one place a boy had found the letter, and carried it<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[33]</a></span>
-as far as the street, and threw it into the grass, where Bob now
-found it.</p>
-
-<p>By the time Bob had gone up the other side of the street
-nearly to its end, he had gathered up sixteen of the lost letters.
-There was only one house left. It was a big residence. A
-rich family named Dunbar lived there. Bob knew they were
-still absent at some summer resort.</p>
-
-<p>“Did you leave any of the letters here, Walter?” he asked
-of his little charge.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, yes, all of the rest of them.”</p>
-
-<p>“How many?”</p>
-
-<p>“Three&mdash;no, four, I guess,” replied Walter. “You see, it’s
-a big house, and I thought a good many people would live
-in it.”</p>
-
-<p>“Where did you put the letters?” asked Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“I threw them right up on the porch.”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t see them,” said Bob.</p>
-
-<p>The porch was sheltered by vines. Bob walked around
-the yard. He knew that no one occupied the house just now.
-There was quite a breeze, and he thought that maybe the
-wind had blown the letters out into the garden.</p>
-
-<p>Bob looked all about the lot. It slanted at the rear to
-a little creek. He noticed papers and leaves all along this,
-but he did not come across the missing letters.</p>
-
-<p>“They must have blown away,” he said to himself,
-“unless they’re on the other end of the porch. I’ll look
-there.”</p>
-
-<p>Bob went up to the steps. He paused, a little surprised,
-as he noticed, stretched out on a rustic settee in its shade, a
-shabbily-dressed man he had never seen in Fairview before.</p>
-
-<p>“Hello, mister,” spoke Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, hello, lad,” replied the man, getting up and looking
-Bob over in a sharp, quick way. “Belong here?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[34]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“No, I don’t,” said Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“Neither do I. You see, I am tramping it through town.
-Sort of hot and dusty. Nobody living here, so I thought no
-one would grudge me a trifle of rest.”</p>
-
-<p>“No, indeed,” said Bob, glancing all about the porch.</p>
-
-<p>“Looking for something, lad?” asked the tramp, noticing
-this.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, yes, I was,” answered Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“What was it?”</p>
-
-<p>“Some letters. That little boy out at the gate got hold
-of some letters of his aunt, Miss Simmons. She lives down
-the street. He played postman, and left them at a lot of
-houses.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh,” said the man, slowly, as if thinking hard, “that’s it,
-eh? Valuable letters?”</p>
-
-<p>“Why, I don’t suppose so,” replied Bob. “They were
-old letters that Miss Simmons had kept for a good many
-years. She is dreadfully upset about losing them.”</p>
-
-<p>“Say,” grinned the man, “I’ll bet they’re old love-letters.”</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe,” replied Bob. “Anyhow, there were twenty of
-them.”</p>
-
-<p>“Twenty?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes.”</p>
-
-<p>“Did you find any of them?”</p>
-
-<p>“All except four,” replied Bob. “Little Walter says he
-left those on this porch here. You didn’t see them, did you,
-mister?”</p>
-
-<p>“Me? No,” said the man, in a sort of a shifty way.</p>
-
-<p>“I thought you might, having been here probably when
-the little fellow left them.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, I was snoozing,” declared the man. “Where do you
-suppose they went to?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[35]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“I think they have blown away among the litter down by
-the creek,” explained Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, that seems likely,” said the man.</p>
-
-<p>He slouched down the steps and loitered about the gate
-as Bob took little Walter away towards the home of Miss
-Simmons. As he turned into her yard he happened to glance
-back. The man he had just left stood in the middle of the
-sidewalk, watching where he went.</p>
-
-<p>“Did you find them&mdash;oh, did you find them?” asked Miss
-Simmons, anxiously, as Bob came up the steps.</p>
-
-<p>“Most of them, Miss Simmons,” replied Bob, handing
-her sixteen of the letters.</p>
-
-<p>“There are four of them missing,” said the old maid,
-counting the letters.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, ma’am. I know where Walter left them, though.”</p>
-
-<p>“Where, Bob?”</p>
-
-<p>“At the Dunbar house.”</p>
-
-<p>“There is no one at home there now.”</p>
-
-<p>“I know it, but the letters were gone. Tell you, Miss
-Simmons, I feel pretty sure the wind blew them across the
-yard and in among a great lot of litter near the creek.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, I hope so! Oh, I hope no one will ever find them!”
-sighed Miss Simmons. “I haven’t got any change in the
-house, Bob, but when you come by again stop in, and I’ll
-give you ten cents.”</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t think of it,” replied Bob. “When I have time,
-Miss Simmons, I’ll make another search for those four
-missing letters.”</p>
-
-<p>“You’re a good boy, Bob.”</p>
-
-<p>“Thank you, Miss Simmons.”</p>
-
-<p>“And&mdash;and, Bob, please don’t tell anybody I took on so
-about those letters.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, no, ma’am, I won’t,” promised Bob.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[36]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>He went on his way, whistling. The man he had met at
-the Dunbar house had gotten out of sight by this time. Bob
-supposed he was some tramp passing through the village. He
-forgot all about him, and Miss Simmons, too, as he hurried
-towards the schoolhouse.</p>
-
-<p>There was a fine meadow right near the school grounds.
-This had been chosen as a favorite spot for sport. The
-baseball and football teams of the town played there regularly.
-It was marked off for both games, and there were
-some benches at one corner of the field. At the other end
-there was a tennis court.</p>
-
-<p>“Those letters have made me late,” said Bob to himself,
-as he passed the schoolhouse and saw the crowd of boys
-already gathered on the field.</p>
-
-<p>Dave Duncan was just telling off the school teams for
-football. There was some squabbling, as usual, on the part
-of Jed Burr.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m not going to play till my right tackle comes,” he
-declared.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, we can’t wait for that,” said Dave.</p>
-
-<p>“You’ve got to. You ain’t running my crowd.”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t want to,” said Dave, “but if you make me the
-manager I’ve got to have some say, haven’t I? We’ll only
-practise this afternoon, and get in trim for the real game
-Saturday.”</p>
-
-<p>“All right,” grumbled Jed.</p>
-
-<p>There was a merry boyish scramble as the game began.
-Not much attention was paid to the rules, and that made it
-better than ever. Bob was quick and active.</p>
-
-<p>The boys had been playing for about twenty minutes,
-when a kick past goal meant three hand-running for his
-side. He had got the football, and was in position for a
-splendid play, when he saw Jed making for him to spoil it.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[37]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“No fair!” shouted Sammy, Bob and some others.</p>
-
-<p>Jed paid no attention to this. He ran forward all the
-faster. This made Bob hurry. He gave the ball a wild
-kick.</p>
-
-<p>“Hurrah!”</p>
-
-<p>“Ya-ah! three times and out!”</p>
-
-<p>Bob, with a good deal of pleasure, watched the leather
-sphere swing past Jed. Then, with a little start, he stared
-hard as it landed.</p>
-
-<p>A weazened old man was making a short cut across the
-end of the field. The ball landed directly against his
-stomach.</p>
-
-<p>It must have been going with some force, for at once the
-man doubled up like a jack-knife.</p>
-
-<p>He fell flat to the ground, his hat flying in one direction
-and his cane in another. Sammy ran up to Bob with a look
-of dismay on his face.</p>
-
-<p>“I say, Bob,” he spoke hurriedly, “we’re in for it now&mdash;it’s
-old Silas Dolby!”</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[38]</a></span></p>
-
-<div class="chapter">
-
-<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER IV<br />
-<span class="pch">SOMETHING OF A MYSTERY</span></h2>
-
-<p>“<span class="smcap">The</span> mischief!” cried Frank, as he joined Bob and
-Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>Jed Burr and his crowd thought it was funny to see the
-old man flounder around.</p>
-
-<p>“Buffer!” cried one of them.</p>
-
-<p>“Hey, want a back-stop?” echoed another.</p>
-
-<p>“He’s smashed something,” spoke a third.</p>
-
-<p>“Seems to be his watch,” reported the first speaker.</p>
-
-<p>“You’re in a fix, Bob, this time, sure,” said Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m sorry it’s Mr. Dolby,” replied Bob. “He doesn’t
-like any of us any too well.”</p>
-
-<p>Silas Dolby was a miserly old man who had few friends
-in Fairview, and he was tight-fisted, cross, and too shrewd
-to please honest people.</p>
-
-<p>Bob, Frank and Sammy were “down in his bad books,”
-as the saying goes. It was none of their fault, but rather a
-merit. While camping in the mountains on Sammy Brown’s
-treasure search, they had found a pocketbook.</p>
-
-<p>This they gave to Frank’s father, who looked it over. It
-belonged to Silas Dolby, who had lost it, and was full of
-papers. Among them Mr. Haven found some notes that
-should have been given to a poor widow in the village, the
-mother of little, crippled Benny Lane. It seemed that
-her husband had paid money on a mortgage on their little
-home to old Dolby. After Mr. Lane died the miser said<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[39]</a></span>
-nothing about this. He was going to turn Mrs. Lane out
-of her house. When Mr. Haven told of the hidden notes,
-they made old Silas Dolby turn the house over to its rightful
-owner. This made Mrs. Lane a happy woman, but after
-that Mr. Dolby snarled and glared at the boys whenever he
-came near them.</p>
-
-<p>“Hold on, Bob, I’ll try and explain to Mr. Dolby,” said
-Frank, as Bob started towards the prostrate man.</p>
-
-<p>“No, I’m going to face the music myself,” replied Bob.</p>
-
-<p>The other boys had run forward to where the old miser
-was just getting to his feet. His face was wrathy, and he
-scowled at the crowd.</p>
-
-<p>“Here is your cane, Mr. Dolby,” said Frank, picking up
-the stick and offering it to its owner.</p>
-
-<p>“And here’s your hat,” added Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>“Who threw that ball at me?” roared the old miser.</p>
-
-<p>“Bob Bouncer kicked it,” said Jed Burr.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, it was you, was it?” snarled the angry old man,
-making a lunge with his cane. Bob stood his ground.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, Mr. Dolby,” replied Bob, “but it was an accident.”</p>
-
-<p>“Bah!”</p>
-
-<p>“I didn’t know anybody was crossing the field.”</p>
-
-<p>“Bosh! That ball has lamed my chest. I don’t know but
-what I’m hurt inside.”</p>
-
-<p>“Let us help you home, Mr. Dolby,” said Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“Get away!” shouted the old man, not much like a person
-very seriously injured. “See here, Bob Bouncer, I know
-your mean feelings towards me.”</p>
-
-<p>“I haven’t any,” declared Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“Bah! Well, whether you have or not, who’s going to
-pay for that?”</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Dolby pointed down to the spot where he had fallen.
-A half-sunken stone marked a base. In falling, it seemed that<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[40]</a></span>
-his watch had spilled out of his pocket. It had landed on
-the stone. There it lay, its case open and bent, and its glass
-face smashed in.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s too bad, I declare!” spoke Frank. “Mr. Dolby,
-we’re awfully sorry you broke your watch.”</p>
-
-<p>“I didn’t break it,” snarled the perverse old man. “You
-fellows smashed it&mdash;Bob Bouncer did. Think it smart, don’t
-you?”</p>
-
-<p>“No, I don’t,” answered Bob, “for I didn’t mean to do it.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, I’ll make you smart for it, never fear.”</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe the watch isn’t much hurt,” said Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>“Hurt? It’s ruined!” cried old Dolby. “A valuable old
-timepiece, too. Why, I wouldn’t lose that watch for one
-hundred dollars.”</p>
-
-<p>“See here, Mr. Dolby,” spoke Frank, somewhat angry at
-the way the old man talked, “we’ll get the watch fixed for
-you.”</p>
-
-<p>“Huh! you’ll have to.”</p>
-
-<p>“My father has bought out the Jones jewelry store, and
-put my uncle in charge. I’ll tell him about the watch, and
-if you’ll give it to me he’ll mend it for you.”</p>
-
-<p>“Give it to you and never see it again?” sneered the old
-man. “Not much.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then fetch it down to the store, and my uncle will fix
-it.”</p>
-
-<p>Silas Dolby did not say much after this. He took up
-the watch, shook his cane at the boys, and went away
-grumbling to himself.</p>
-
-<p>“I hope that watch won’t cost much,” said Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, I’ve got a dollar towards fixing it,” said Frank.
-“The money the chauffeur gave us, you know.”</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll all pitch in and work out the rest of it,” said<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[41]</a></span>
-Sammy, cheerfully, for he saw that Bob was rather glum
-over his bad luck.</p>
-
-<p>The accident quite dampened their spirits, and they did
-not take much more interest in the game.</p>
-
-<p>About three o’clock, as they were leaving the field, Dave
-Duncan came up to them.</p>
-
-<p>“Hi, you fellows,” he sang out in his usual lively fashion,
-“our crowd is in for a picnic to-night.”</p>
-
-<p>“Is that so?” asked Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, we’re to meet at the Cove at seven o’clock.”</p>
-
-<p>“A boating party, eh?” inquired Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“No, we call it a clam bake, but, of course, there won’t
-be many clams. We’ll have a big bonfire, and some of the
-fellows are going to bring a lunch.”</p>
-
-<p>“Jolly,” said Sammy. “I’ll be there.”</p>
-
-<p>“So will I,” added Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“Count me in, Dave,” said Frank.</p>
-
-<p>He and Bob and Sammy started homewards. They were
-all thinking of the broken watch.</p>
-
-<p>“I think I’ll go around to the store and tell my uncle
-about that watch,” said Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll go, too,” said Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ve got to go home for a bit,” said Bob. “But I’ll come
-around to your house in about half an hour.”</p>
-
-<p>“All right.”</p>
-
-<p>Bob went home. His mother at noon had asked him to
-call some time during the afternoon, to take a note to a lady
-living some distance from them. Bob got the note and
-delivered it. Then he started on his way to look for his
-chums.</p>
-
-<p>As he came to the street where Miss Simmons lived, Bob
-continued down it.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s only a block out of my way,” he said. “Maybe<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[42]</a></span>
-something new has turned up about those letters. I’m curious
-to know.”</p>
-
-<p>Just as Bob got near the Simmons place, he paused and
-drew back in the shelter of a big oak tree.</p>
-
-<p>“That’s queer,” he could not help saying, and he peered
-curiously at the gateway of the place. A man was just passing
-through it.</p>
-
-<p>The lad stood stock still and stared as he saw that this
-man was the tramp he had caught lounging about the Dunbar
-place. The fellow was too much taken up with what he
-was about to notice Bob. Besides, he started from the gate
-in the opposite direction.</p>
-
-<p>As he did so, Bob noticed that he was looking over some
-money in his hand. Bob caught sight of a green bank note,
-and heard some loose silver jingled. The man thrust this
-money into his pocket, and folded up a piece of paper that
-made Bob think of a note or a check.</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t understand that at all,” spoke out Bob. “And I
-don’t like it at all,” he added, after a moment’s thought. “I
-guess I’ll see Miss Simmons.”</p>
-
-<p>Bob entered the yard. As he came up the steps of the
-porch he heard some one sobbing. Looking towards the
-other end of the porch he made out Miss Simmons.</p>
-
-<p>She was seated in a porch rocker and looked very wretched.
-As she saw Bob she tried to hide her tears.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, what is the matter, Miss Simmons?” asked the lad
-in a kindly way.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, nothing,” replied the old maid. “You see, I have had
-a very trying afternoon.”</p>
-
-<p>“I suppose so,” said Bob. “Miss Simmons, I just saw a
-man leave here. He’s a stranger in Fairview, I think.”</p>
-
-<p>Miss Simmons looked quite startled at this. She flushed
-a little and clasped her hands nervously.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[43]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“Why&mdash;why, Bob, I guess he is,” she stammered.</p>
-
-<p>“Was he begging? I think he is a tramp.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, that’s it,” nodded the old maid, quickly.</p>
-
-<p>“I thought I would stop in as I was going by,” said Bob.
-“I’ll try and get time to look again for those four missing
-letters this afternoon, Miss Simmons.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, no, you needn’t do that.”</p>
-
-<p>“Why not?”</p>
-
-<p>“Because they have been found,” said Miss Simmons.
-“See, I have them all now,” and she drew aside her apron to
-show a package in her lap.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, I’m awful glad you got them back,” said Bob.</p>
-
-<p>He was very much surprised, but Miss Simmons did not
-explain any further.</p>
-
-<p>“I guess I’ll go,” he said, moving down the steps. “If I
-can help you in any way, Miss Simmons, please tell me.”</p>
-
-<p>“No, Bob,” replied the old maid, “there is nothing you
-can do. I am greatly obliged for what you have done. I’ll
-have a little change for you when I see you again.”</p>
-
-<p>Bob went away slowly. He did not at all like the looks
-of things.</p>
-
-<p>“Sort of funny,” he thought. “She has got those letters
-back, she says. How did she get them? I’ll bet I know.
-That tramp found them.”</p>
-
-<p>Bob walked along, figuring out his own ideas.</p>
-
-<p>“I feel pretty sure that tramp told me a story,” he said to
-himself. “I was goose enough to tell him about the letters
-and Miss Simmons. He had the letters all the time he was
-pumping me on the porch of the Dunbar place. Then he
-came to Miss Simmons and made the poor woman pay a lot
-for them. How much, I wonder? I hope she wasn’t foolish
-enough to let the fellow rob her.”</p>
-
-<p>Bob had promised Miss Simmons that he would say<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[44]</a></span>
-nothing about the letters. A few minutes later he saw Frank
-and Sammy coming down the street.</p>
-
-<p>“I wish I could tell them about Miss Simmons, and see
-what they think about it,” he mused. “I can’t do it, though,
-and keep my word. Hello, fellows, which way?” he hailed,
-as he came up to his chums.</p>
-
-<p>“We’re going up to Mr. Dolby’s,” said Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>“What for?” asked Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“My uncle told me to go up there and get that watch,”
-explained Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“To have it mended?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, he says he’ll do it for nothing for us.”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s good!” cried Bob. “Come on, I’ll go with you.
-What’s that, Frank?” he asked, as he saw his friend put a key
-from his hand into his coat pocket.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s an extra key to the jewelry store.”</p>
-
-<p>“Are you going to carry one?”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, no,” replied Frank, with a laugh. “My uncle got
-it made, and I’m to take it to my father, so if he ever wants
-to get into the store when uncle is away he can do so.”</p>
-
-<p>“I see.”</p>
-
-<p>“Father has put a lot of money into the business,” went on
-Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“So I heard.”</p>
-
-<p>“You see, uncle is a watchmaker, and both thought it
-would be a good thing to buy out the old jeweler, Jones,
-who wanted to move to the city.”</p>
-
-<p>The boys reached the Dolby house to find it shut up tight
-and as dismal looking as ever. Frank went up the walk,
-while his comrades waited at the gate.</p>
-
-<p>Just as he went up the steps there was a rush and a growl,
-and a savage dog came running up to Frank.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[45]</a></span></p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
- <img src="images/ill-045.jpg" width="400" height="589"
- alt=""
- title="" />
- <div class="caption"><p class="pc400"><i>The Animal Growled and Sprang at Him</i></p>
-</div></div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[46]</a></span></p>
-<p>&nbsp;</p>
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[47]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Every boy in Fairview was afraid of the old miser’s dog.
-A good many had pelted him as they went by the place, and
-that made him ugly. Silas Dolby, it was said, half starved
-the poor animal, and that made him fierce.</p>
-
-<p>“Get back! Go away!” called Frank, backing away from
-the dog.</p>
-
-<p>The animal growled and sprang and snapped at him.
-Frank stumbled over a broken board. Then he picked up a
-crotched piece of tree wood. The dog fought him half way
-back to the gate, when Bob and Sammy came running up
-to the rescue of their chum. The dog had caught and torn
-Frank’s sleeve. They beat him off with switches, but the
-animal was vicious and stubborn, and followed them up.</p>
-
-<p>Just as they got through the gate and slammed it shut, Mr.
-Dolby appeared on the steps.</p>
-
-<p>“Hi, there; what are you up to?” he shouted.</p>
-
-<p>“I had a message for you, but your dog wouldn’t let me
-in,” said Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“What’s your message?” asked the old man, surlily.</p>
-
-<p>“My uncle says he will fix up your watch for you as good
-as new.”</p>
-
-<p>“Who pays for it?”</p>
-
-<p>“We have arranged for that.”</p>
-
-<p>“All right, I’ll take it down to him this evening.”</p>
-
-<p>Sammy was brushing the dirt from Frank’s clothing while
-this talk was going on.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m a good deal mussed up,” said Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“We won’t go into that yard again in a hurry,” said Bob.</p>
-
-<p>Frank was smoothing down his coat. He happened to
-feel in his pockets to see if everything was safe.</p>
-
-<p>“Hello!” he cried, suddenly.</p>
-
-<p>“What’s the matter?” asked Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“The key.”</p>
-
-<p>“What about it?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[48]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“It’s gone! You saw me put it in my pocket on our way
-here.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes.”</p>
-
-<p>“It must have fallen out of my pocket over in the yard
-there.”</p>
-
-<p>“Think so? Oh, say, Mr. Dolby!” called out Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, what is it?” asked the old man, who was just going
-back into the house.</p>
-
-<p>“I wish you would chain up that dog of yours for a few
-minutes.”</p>
-
-<p>“What for?”</p>
-
-<p>“Frank has lost a key in your yard, and he wants to find
-it.”</p>
-
-<p>“Key to what?” growled old Dolby.</p>
-
-<p>“To my father’s jewelry store,” explained Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“What were you doing with it?”</p>
-
-<p>“My uncle asked me to take it up to the house.”</p>
-
-<p>“Huh! You’re making a great lot of trouble.”</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Dolby picked up a heavy club off the porch and
-started after the dog. When the animal dodged his blows he
-flung the club at him, striking him on the ribs. The dog
-howled with pain, slunk into his kennel, and then his master
-chained him up.</p>
-
-<p>The boys now came into the yard. They looked and
-groped all over the garden where Frank had backed away
-from the dog. Silas Dolby stood watching them.</p>
-
-<p>“Give it up,” at length spoke Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, we’ve gone over the ground pretty well,” said
-Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>“Perhaps I lost the key before I came here,” added Frank.
-“Thank you, Mr. Dolby.”</p>
-
-<p>The old miser only grunted and scowled. The boys
-started for home.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[49]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>As they came to the next corner Bob chanced to look
-back. He hung behind his chatting companions for a moment
-or two.</p>
-
-<p>“That’s queer again,” he said to himself.</p>
-
-<p>He had seen a man turn into the Dolby place. It was only
-a glimpse he had of the fellow, but Bob was quite startled.</p>
-
-<p>“Hey, what are you lagging behind for?” called out
-Sammy, briskly.</p>
-
-<p>“Pshaw!” mused Bob, “I’ve got my head so full of that
-tramp, I take every stranger I see for him. It couldn’t have
-been him I just saw go into Dolby’s. And if it was, what of
-it?”</p>
-
-<p>With that Bob let the subject drift out of his mind. He
-joined his chums, who were gaily talking over their plans
-for the big bonfire on the beach of Rainbow Lake that night.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[50]</a></span></p>
-
-<div class="chapter">
-
-<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER V<br />
-<span class="pch">THE BIG BONFIRE</span></h2>
-
-<p>“<span class="smcap">Bob</span>, isn’t this fine?” cried Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“Jolly!” replied Bob, with vim.</p>
-
-<p>“And the eating&mdash;um! um!” gloated Sammy, nibbling at
-a toasted piece of cheese on the end of a stick.</p>
-
-<p>The big bonfire was in progress, and it was a great success.
-During the afternoon Dave Duncan and some friends had
-gathered up all the driftwood along the beach of Rainbow
-Lake for half a mile. It was now blazing cheerily.</p>
-
-<p>Others of the crowd had brought the eatables. A farmer’s
-boy had donated a quarter of a cheese. Another had brought
-a whole ham, home-smoked. The baker’s boy had come on
-the scene with a box of crackers and some doughnuts.</p>
-
-<p>It was a regular toasting bee. The great fire cast a cheery
-glow out over the beautiful blue waters of the lake. It lit
-up a group of lively, happy faces, The crowd roasted potatoes,
-ham, crackers and cheese. Forks made out of branches were
-used as toasters, and the novelty and variety gave the boys
-wonderful appetites.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m sorry Ben Travers and Dick Hazelton are missing
-this,” said Dave, sprinkling some salt into a luscious, roasted
-potato.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, they promised to come,” spoke Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>“Here they are, now!” cried Bob, as two welcome figures
-came into the glow of the campfire.</p>
-
-<p>“Hurrah!” shouted half a dozen jubilant voices.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[51]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Dick carried over his shoulder a great big corn popper,
-and Ben a bag.</p>
-
-<p>“Had to do some running around to gather up half a
-bushel of prime pop corn,” reported Ben.</p>
-
-<p>Soon there was the swish-swish! of the hard kernels in
-the popper. Then&mdash;pop-pop-pop! Eager eyes watched the
-little snow white mountain in the popper grow and try to
-burst its cage.</p>
-
-<p>“Here you are, fellows!” sang out Ben, emptying several
-quarts of the popped corn on the spread-out bag he had
-brought along.</p>
-
-<p>Ben had a can of salt, and each one fixed the corn to his
-liking. Very soon all hands had eaten their fill and were
-bubbling over with excitement and fun.</p>
-
-<p>Five mischief-makers, including Bob and Sammy, dubbed
-themselves a “Committee” to get up a programme. They
-went aside a little to make their plans. There were some
-suspicious and mysterious whisperings. Three of the crowd
-disappeared in the shadows down the beach.</p>
-
-<p>“Now then, fellows,” sang out Dave, mounting a rock, as
-if it was a throne, “attention and order.”</p>
-
-<p>“Set the ball rolling,” drawled out lazy Tim Barker, who
-had eaten so much that he lay flat on the sand.</p>
-
-<p>“Speech! speech!” called out Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, that’s good,” said Dave. “Let’s see&mdash;whom shall we
-select?”</p>
-
-<p>“Why, Clarence Brooks here is the orator of the school,
-isn’t he?” said Sammy, winking.</p>
-
-<p>Clarence was a fussy little fellow whose father was a
-public lecturer. He was always ready to speak a piece.</p>
-
-<p>“Give us ‘The Boy Stood on the Burning Deck,’ Clarence,”
-suggested Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, that’s too old,” sang out Tim Barker.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[52]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“That’s why he knows it so well,” chuckled Dick Hazelton.</p>
-
-<p>“All right,” bowed Clarence, putting one hand behind
-him, as he had seen his father do on the lecture platform.
-“‘The boy&mdash;&mdash;’”</p>
-
-<p>“Hold on!” cried Bob. “You’ve got to have a ‘deck’ to
-stand on.”</p>
-
-<p>“Here,” said Sammy, “this is just the thing for it.”</p>
-
-<p>An anchor log floated right near to the beach. It was
-pretty steady, and after some wobbling Clarence got a foot-hold
-on it.</p>
-
-<p>“‘The boy stood on the burning deck&mdash;&mdash;’” he began.</p>
-
-<p>Flop!</p>
-
-<p>Splash!</p>
-
-<p>Mischief lovers hiding behind a near rock had given a
-rope tied to the log a sudden jerk. Clarence took a dive.</p>
-
-<p>His mouth was so full of water and sand, as they fished
-him out, that he could not say much. He acted pretty
-grumpy, until the next thing on the programme made him
-laugh with the others, and forget his own troubles.</p>
-
-<p>“A song!” shouted Bob.</p>
-
-<p>Everybody looked at Dudley Norton. He always sang at
-the school exhibitions.</p>
-
-<p>“Come on, Dud,” called out Dave. “There’s no piano
-here, but ‘What Are the Wild Waves Saying’ will sound real
-cute.”</p>
-
-<p>Dudley had a fairly good voice. He got the first line
-out all right. Then&mdash;&mdash;</p>
-
-<p>Ba-a!</p>
-
-<p>Me-aiow!</p>
-
-<p>Honk-honk-honk!</p>
-
-<p>To-whit! to-whoo!</p>
-
-<p>Catcalls, hootings, imitations of all kinds of animals rang<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[53]</a></span>
-out from a dozen spots among the shrubbery of the bluff side,
-where one-half of the crowd had secretly placed themselves.
-At the end of every line they had some new hoots and calls.</p>
-
-<p>A hideous babel rang out at the end of the song.</p>
-
-<p>Dudley, however, stuck manfully to his task. As he
-sounded the last note something whizzed through the air. It
-was then that Clarence laughed.</p>
-
-<p>Some flying missile came whirling towards the bonfire.
-Then another, and another. The first one landed directly in
-the open mouth of the singer.</p>
-
-<p>Swish-chug-splatter!</p>
-
-<p>Dudley seemed to swallow the last note of the song. The
-second missile landed on the nose of the “chairman” of the
-crowd, Dave. The surprise and the force sent him backwards,
-and he landed flat on his back on the sand.</p>
-
-<p>“Yah-yahoo! Bob! bing! boo! Biggity-baggity, Blue!
-Blue! Blue!”</p>
-
-<p>This was the war-cry adopted by “The Blues,” as the Burr
-crowd had dubbed themselves. A regular shower of missiles
-began to rain down from the top of the bluff.</p>
-
-<p>“Tomatoes!” gurgled Dave, rubbing his face.</p>
-
-<p>“And ripe ones, too!” added Clarence, with a grimace.</p>
-
-<p>“Give them the chase!” said Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“No, they’ll round on us and spoil our campfire,” said
-Dave.</p>
-
-<p>The triumphant cries of “The Blues” died away in the
-distance. Then Dave suggested a game.</p>
-
-<p>The crowd was divided. A space about twenty feet either
-side of the fire was marked with stakes. It was a sort of
-“Hunt the Gray,” only that one side was given time to disappear
-in the darkness. They could hide along the beach, or
-in among the shrubbery of the bluff side, as they chose.</p>
-
-<p>Six of the party held “the fort,” as the staked-off space<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[54]</a></span>
-was called, three at either end. The other six were called
-“scouts.” They were sent out to rout out and capture “the
-enemy.” Any of the latter who got into the fort without being
-tagged, became a “ranger” for the next game as well.</p>
-
-<p>Every once in a while it was the rule that a ranger
-should give out a signal shout, so as to direct the scouts in
-the direction of his hiding place.</p>
-
-<p>Bob kept with his fellow rangers until they scattered to
-different points along the bluff side. Then he tried a scheme
-of getting into the fort on his own hook.</p>
-
-<p>There was not a foot on the bluff that Bob did not know
-by heart. He aimed to reach a point where a sharp descent
-led right down to the campfire. If he could get on a line
-between the stakes, and could run, tumble or slide fast
-enough, he counted on landing in the fort before any one
-could reach and tag him.</p>
-
-<p>Edging along in among the shrubbery, Bob finally reached
-the bare spot in the shelving bluff where he was to try his
-dash for the fort.</p>
-
-<p>“I guess the way is clear,” he said to himself, peering
-around the edge of a nest of shrubbery on a shelf of rocks.</p>
-
-<p>Then Bob was a good deal surprised to catch the sound
-of voices. At first he thought it was some of the Burr crowd
-lying in ambush, and pricked up his ears sharply.</p>
-
-<p>As he listened, Bob traced the voices right beyond him.
-They were men’s voices. By stooping and peering through
-a network of vines, Bob made out two men lying on the
-ground. There was light enough from the campfire to show
-that they had made a bed of leaves and branches, and that one
-of them had a green patch over one eye.</p>
-
-<p>“I know the other man,” said Bob to himself. “He is the
-tramp I met to-day.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[55]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Bob was very sure of this as he heard the voice of the
-man.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes,” he was saying, “I’ve picked up some money in the
-town.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then why don’t we go to some hotel and be comfortable?”</p>
-
-<p>“What’s the matter with this soft bed in such fine
-weather? Has a haystack got too common for you?”</p>
-
-<p>“No, but if you’ve got money, let’s enjoy it.”</p>
-
-<p>“H’m! See here, we’re partners, but I’m the boss.”</p>
-
-<p>“You act it, sure,” grumbled the man with the green patch
-over his eye.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ve got some money,” went on the tramp, “but we’re
-going to get so much more, that this little bit isn’t worth
-thinking of.”</p>
-
-<p>“Is that so?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, it is. We’re coming back here soon to rob a place
-where we’ll get a whole fortune.”</p>
-
-<p>“What place?”</p>
-
-<p>“Never mind, now. Why I want to stay here till we
-leave town early in the morning, is because I don’t want to
-be seen around here, so that when we come back again we
-won’t be known&mdash;see?”</p>
-
-<p>“I declare!” breathed Bob to himself. “These men are
-thieves! I wonder who they’re going to rob?”</p>
-
-<p>Bob became quite excited over what he had heard. It
-startled him to run across the tramp so many times in one
-day. He had had a poor opinion of the man all along. Now
-it was worse than ever. Bob fidgeted around, hardly knowing
-what to do next, when something happened.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[56]</a></span></p>
-
-<div class="chapter">
-
-<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER VI<br />
-<span class="pch">BOMBARDED</span></h2>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">Bob</span> heard some object come rolling and ripping its way
-along from the top of the bluff. It mowed down grass,
-snapped off bushes, and, striking a rock, bounded up like a
-rubber ball.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s a pumpkin,” said Bob. “Here she comes! Crackey!”</p>
-
-<p>The pumpkin cut through the vines that sheltered the
-tramp and his friend. The man with the green patch over
-one eye seemed to have heard it coming.</p>
-
-<p>He half arose, and just then the great yellow sphere
-struck him. He went flat as a pancake. The pumpkin rolled
-over him, struck a tree, and was smashed into a thousand
-pieces.</p>
-
-<p>“Uh! what’s this now?” spluttered the tramp, as pieces
-of rind, seeds and fiber rained over his body and face.</p>
-
-<p>“Get out of this!” cried his companion.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, ’tain’t safe.”</p>
-
-<p>“It’s them boys. They’ve seen us, and are playing tricks
-on us.”</p>
-
-<p>“Let’s make ourselves scarce, then.”</p>
-
-<p>Bob was about ready to laugh at the comical event of the
-moment. Just then, however, he had all he could do to take
-care of himself.</p>
-
-<p>A second pumpkin came bounding down the bluff side. It
-took Bob across the ankles, and swept him off his feet. He
-was thrown headlong to the ground, doubled up like a ball.
-The boy grabbed at a bush, missed it, and went rolling over
-and over down the smooth incline.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[57]</a></span></p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
- <img src="images/ill-057.jpg" width="400" height="591"
- alt=""
- title="" />
- <div class="caption"><p class="pc">“<i>It’s Raining Pumpkins!</i>” <i>Gasped Bob</i></p>
-</div></div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[58]</a></span></p>
-<p>&nbsp;</p>
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[59]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>There was a bare sheer descent for nearly thirty feet.
-Along this Bob sped, and he could not stop himself. He
-landed at the bottom of the slope, slid across the sand, and
-came to a stop not ten feet away from the blazing fire.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s raining pumpkins!” gasped Bob, sitting up and
-staring around him.</p>
-
-<p>All along the beach the yellow balls were bounding into
-view. He saw the guards and the scouts skipping about to
-get out of the range of the missiles. Fellows who had been
-in hiding came dashing down to safe ground. Dave gave the
-signal whistle for “All in.”</p>
-
-<p>The boys gathered excitedly about their leader.</p>
-
-<p>“See here, Dave,” cried Sammy, “this is the work of ‘The
-Blues!’”</p>
-
-<p>“Of course it is,” said Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“Let’s capture them,” shouted Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, it’s pretty near time to go home, anyway,” agreed
-Dave. “Keep together, fellows. If we catch any of them,
-we’ll put them through a course of sprouts.”</p>
-
-<p>“Hear them! hear them!” yelled Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>Derisive cries floated down to the beach. This nettled
-some of the boys. All of them were glad of a chance for
-new fun and excitement.</p>
-
-<p>“Divide, fellows,” ordered Dave.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, surround the enemy!” cried Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>The two crowds scrambled up the bluff. Bob looked
-about for some trace of the two men he had found in their
-hide-out. They seemed to have gotten away from the spot.</p>
-
-<p>The two parties got to the top of the bluff and ran
-towards each other, hoping to capture the mischief makers
-in a group.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[60]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>They found a wagon which Jed and his friends had
-dragged from some farm near by, loaded for the market. It
-was only half filled with pumpkins. The rest of the load had
-been used to bombard the boys on the beach.</p>
-
-<p>“They’ve sneaked across the meadow yonder,” said Dave.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, I see some of them now,” cried Sammy, eagerly.
-“See, they’re making for that grove yonder.”</p>
-
-<p>There was a hot chase. Sammy had called to Bob and
-Frank to join him. They and several others kept with
-Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>They reached the patch of timber and ran in and about
-it. They hunted in the bushes and even up in some of the
-trees, but got no sight or trace of the enemy.</p>
-
-<p>Suddenly the well-known signal of the crowd rang out
-over near some haystacks. The scattered group ran in the
-direction of the call. They came upon Dave and six of his
-fellows, who had formed a circle. In its center were two
-panting, done-out boys of “The Blues.”</p>
-
-<p>“We’ve got a couple of them,” said Dave.</p>
-
-<p>“Good!” echoed a chorus.</p>
-
-<p>“Find some ropes, fellows,” ordered Dave.</p>
-
-<p>Several boys ran towards a farm-yard near by. Bob
-noticed that one of the captives was Jed Burr.</p>
-
-<p>“What are you going to do with us?” asked Jed.</p>
-
-<p>“Douse him in the lake!” cried one urgent voice.</p>
-
-<p>“No, roll him down the bluff,” said another.</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll do better than that,” replied Dave. “Here, tie
-their arms behind them,” he ordered, as several pieces of rope
-were brought to him.</p>
-
-<p>“Hold on,” said Jed. “Fun’s fun, you know.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, you spoiled ours just now, so we’re going to have
-some fresh fun,” laughed Dave.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[61]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Jed tried to fight off his captors, but the crowd found it
-easy to bind him and his companion.</p>
-
-<p>“Lead them over into the timber,” said Dave.</p>
-
-<p>This was done. In its loneliest part they halted. Ted
-was tied with his back to a tree.</p>
-
-<p>“Now you’ll have lots of time to think,” said Dave.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, about pumpkins!”</p>
-
-<p>“And tomatoes!”</p>
-
-<p>“Ha! ha!”</p>
-
-<p>They left Jed to his fate, kicking and scolding. The other
-prisoner they took along with them. A little on their way,
-they heard Jed whistling and yelling.</p>
-
-<p>“Some of his friends will come and let him loose,” said
-Dave.</p>
-
-<p>“What are we going to do with the other fellow?” asked
-Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, we’ll give him a walk.”</p>
-
-<p>“Say, I’m due home,” said the captive.</p>
-
-<p>“Not quite yet,” replied Dave. “You’ve got a long tramp
-before you, sonny.”</p>
-
-<p>“I only rolled one pumpkin.”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s as bad as twenty-six.”</p>
-
-<p>“And it smashed before it hit any one.”</p>
-
-<p>“Never mind. We’ve got to make an example.”</p>
-
-<p>“Jed’ll make you smart for it.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, Jed is smarting himself about this time,” chuckled
-Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>“March!” ordered the leader.</p>
-
-<p>They made their prisoner dearly earn his liberty. He
-had to escort the whole crowd home. As they dropped out
-one by one, the unhappy captive had to keep right on with
-the others. Some of the boys took the longest way home
-they could think of, purposely.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[62]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Dick Hazelton was the last one to reach home. He lived
-about a mile north of the town. They had dragged the captive
-around for nearly an hour at this time. As Bob was
-bidding Dick good night, the prisoner sat down in the road
-and began crying.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, well, if it’s the baby act, let him off,” said Bob.</p>
-
-<p>He was tired out himself after an active and exciting day.
-When he got home, however, he did not forget to tell his
-father about the two men he had heard talking in the hide-out
-on the bluff.</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Bouncer seemed to take the matter quite seriously.
-Bob did not tell about Miss Simmons and the letters, nor
-about thinking he saw the tramp at Silas Dolby’s house. He
-only said that he had met the tramp several times during the
-day, before he saw him with the man with the green shade
-over his eye.</p>
-
-<p>His father went at once to the telephone and called up
-the village marshal. The next morning Bob learned that the
-officer had not been able to find the two tramps. They had
-probably left town.</p>
-
-<p>Bob, Frank and Sammy the next day went over the route
-they had taken when they went to the Dolby place. They
-found the dog chained up, and even made a new search in
-the miser’s yard, but they did not find the lost store key.</p>
-
-<p>That day, too, the story of Simple Mary was told about
-the school. Some Fairview ladies had gotten her a pleasant
-place to work on a farm. Miss Williams explained in open
-school about the broken ink bottle, and all Bob’s friends were
-made happy to see him cleared from a false charge.</p>
-
-<p>The wind-up of the big bonfire had made “The Blues”
-and “The Grays” more at war than ever. About all it led to,
-however, was closer rivalry in baseball and football games.</p>
-
-<p>Things started in smoothly at school. The daily routine<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[63]</a></span>
-of study had the usual fun mixed in with it. There was
-nothing very new or exciting until the second Monday of the
-term.</p>
-
-<p>Then, just before school commenced, as Bob, Frank and
-Sammy passed the house where Frank had stopped the runaway
-automobile, Sammy pointed towards it.</p>
-
-<p>“Hello!” he cried. “Some one has moved into that place
-since Friday.”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s so,” said Frank, noticing some big empty boxes
-on the porch, “and somebody is moving about there.”</p>
-
-<p>“I wonder if it’s the fat boy’s father?” spoke Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll bet it is,” said Sammy, as they walked on.</p>
-
-<p>“Hi, hello! you fellows!” sounded a breathless voice, a
-minute later.</p>
-
-<p>Tom Chubb came running out of the gate of the place
-the boys had just passed.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, moved into town, have you?” asked Frank, shaking
-the hand of the fat boy.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes.”</p>
-
-<p>“We’re glad of it,” said Bob. “Where are you going?”</p>
-
-<p>“I’m going with you,” was the reply. “My father saw
-the teacher last evening, and I’m to start at school this
-morning.”</p>
-
-<p>“Hurrah!” shouted Sammy, waving his cap in the air.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[64]</a></span></p>
-
-<div class="chapter">
-
-<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER VII<br />
-<span class="pch">THE SPELLING CONTEST</span></h2>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">Tom Chubb</span> was smiling all over his face at getting such
-a warm welcome from Bob and his friends.</p>
-
-<p>“Say, fellows,” he spoke, “I don’t pretend to know much,
-but I stick to a chum.”</p>
-
-<p>“Good for you!” cried Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>“There’s a fellow you don’t want to let stick to you,” spoke
-Bob.</p>
-
-<p>He pointed to Jed Burr, who was up to his usual trick
-of meddling with the affairs of others. Two little fellows
-were tossing a croquet ball to each other. Jed stood about
-half way between them, jumping up in the air, and trying to
-stop the ball.</p>
-
-<p>“No, I don’t like his looks one bit,” said Tom.</p>
-
-<p>Jed looked at Tom. He always had fun, as he called it,
-with green scholars. He made no move towards Tom, however,
-for he thought that Bob and the others had warned the
-fat boy against him. Besides that, Tom did not look as if he
-would mind one of Jed’s smart slaps on the back any more
-than he would a fly. Then again, it looked to Jed as if it
-would not be easy to pull the fat boy over with his famous
-hand-shake trick.</p>
-
-<p>“I guess he’ll leave me alone,” grinned Tom.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, look out for him, anyway,” warned Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“See that, now!” cried Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>Benny Lane sat on the grass near by, watching some girls
-skipping rope. The little crippled lad placed his crutch by<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[65]</a></span>
-his side. Suddenly Jed stooped down and picked it up.
-Swinging it as he would a club, he struck with all his might
-at the croquet ball three feet above his head.</p>
-
-<p>Crack! went the ball, stopped in its flight, and falling to
-the ground.</p>
-
-<p>Snap! echoed the crutch end, and went flying straight
-through the air, striking a little boy about twenty feet away.</p>
-
-<p>The lad was playing “Duck on the Rock,” and was nearly
-knocked over. The crutch end struck his cheek, scratching
-and bruising it, and he gave a cry of pain. Then, seeing the
-cause of his hurt, he raised the brick he had been playing
-with, and hurled it at Jed with an angry cry.</p>
-
-<p>“Good!” said Sammy, as the missile landed on Jed’s
-stomach, and sent him reeling back.</p>
-
-<p>The fat boy tried to get out of the way, but Jed stumbled
-and went flat. His feet swung out, and down came Tom,
-right on top of him.</p>
-
-<p>“Hi! get off!” roared Jed.</p>
-
-<p>“I can’t&mdash;I’m too fat,” declared Tom.</p>
-
-<p>“Ouch! you’re heavy.”</p>
-
-<p>“Can’t help it. Don’t wiggle so&mdash;you’ll tip me over.”</p>
-
-<p>“Help!” whined Jed, all out of breath. “Oh, take him
-off!”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, I can’t lift myself,” chuckled Tom.</p>
-
-<p>Frank, laughing, pulled Tom to his feet. Jed groaned as
-if a big load had been lifted from him. He started to get up.
-But his misery was not ended yet.</p>
-
-<p>The little fellow he had hit with the crutch end had a
-sister, who also attended the school. She was a regular spitfire
-in temper. Now she came running up to Jed.</p>
-
-<p>“You great big ape, you!” she cried. “Striking my little
-brother!” And she grabbed Jed by the hair and held on.
-“You&mdash;hit&mdash;my&mdash;lit-tle&mdash;brother, did you!”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[66]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“It was an accident,” gasped Jed.</p>
-
-<p>“Take that&mdash;and that! and that!”</p>
-
-<p>Jed roared like a whipped calf. At each word she spoke,
-the little miss gave him a hard box on the ears.</p>
-
-<p>By this time every boy and girl on the playground had
-gathered at the spot.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, goody! goody!” cried some little girls, clapping their
-hands in glee.</p>
-
-<p>“You let go my hair!” blubbered Jed, making a pretty
-picture to look at.</p>
-
-<p>“And that!” cried the girl, giving him a last cuff, as he
-ran off.</p>
-
-<p>“Cow-ard! cow-ard!” shouted all the little fellows, as
-Jed, in shame and disgrace, sneaked away. He left his cap
-behind him, and was afraid to come back for it.</p>
-
-<p>“Tom,” said Sammy, slapping him on the back, “you fell
-down just in time.”</p>
-
-<p>“Sorry, but I’m so fat, you know!” grinned Tom, and
-everybody laughed.</p>
-
-<p>Jed Burr was grumpy all the rest of that day. He kept
-away from the games at recess. Bob noticed him and two or
-three of his favorite chums talking together in a mysterious
-way.</p>
-
-<p>“Tell you, Frank,” he said, a little later, “Jed looks
-pretty ugly at us.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, he’ll get over it,” replied Frank, lightly.</p>
-
-<p>“One of Jed’s friends hinted to me to-day that we’d better
-look out.”</p>
-
-<p>“Pshaw, Jed Burr is just squelched,” said Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>The seat the teacher gave Tom was not very comfortable
-for him. Bob had an end desk, and gave it up to Tom till the
-teacher could arrange for some other. Bob took the desk of
-a scholar who was absent.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[67]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>The next morning was announced for a spelling contest.
-This meant high marks for those who spelled best, and there
-was a great deal of talk and excitement over it.</p>
-
-<p>“Spelling is about all I know,” said Tom, the next
-morning, as he and Bob and the others wended their way to
-school.</p>
-
-<p>“Good at it, are you?” asked Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“Ought to be. My father wouldn’t get me my bicycle last
-year until I had the whole spelling book perfect from end to
-end. Say, you’ll just see me shine to-day.”</p>
-
-<p>After recess, the teacher named those who were to do the
-spelling. Jed Burr was absent, but two or three of his chums
-were on the list.</p>
-
-<p>“Alphabet,” “ardent,” “alder,” “animal,” “beauty,”
-“blanket”&mdash;there were no mistakes so far. Miss Smith
-gave out “cote.”</p>
-
-<p>“C-o-a-t,” said Sammy, proudly.</p>
-
-<p>“Next.”</p>
-
-<p>“C-o-t-e,” spelled Bob.</p>
-
-<p>Everybody laughed at this.</p>
-
-<p>“Correct,” said the teacher, “I should have explained that
-the word meant a pigeon-house.”</p>
-
-<p>There were a lot of misses after that. There was a great
-deal of fun, too, for some comical errors were made. One
-boy spelled knock “noq.” Another made “kwal” out of quail,
-and a pert little girl lisped out “sqwirm” when Miss Smith
-gave out the word “worm.”</p>
-
-<p>When the contest was over, Tom, two of Jed’s closest
-chums, and Bob received high marks. Tom was older than
-most of those in the class, and it was not wondered at that he
-did so well. Bob was always at the head of his class. The
-great surprise was that the friends of Jed, who like him were
-put down as very backward scholars, got high marks.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[68]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Bob noticed that after the spelling was over Miss Williams
-went all through the papers in her desk. She acted quite
-thoughtful and serious. After the dinner hour, just before
-school commenced that afternoon, a little girl came out to the
-playground and spoke to him.</p>
-
-<p>“Miss Williams wants to see you, Bob Bouncer,” she
-said.</p>
-
-<p>“I wonder what for?” spoke Bob.</p>
-
-<p>He found Miss Williams alone in the schoolroom.</p>
-
-<p>“Close the door, Bob,” she said, as he entered. “Sit
-down,” she added, as he obeyed her and came up to the desk.</p>
-
-<p>The school teacher looked very serious. Bob wondered
-what it all meant. He sat waiting for her to speak to him.</p>
-
-<p>“Bob,” said Miss Williams, after quite a pause, “you did
-very well in your spelling to-day.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, ma’am,” replied Bob. “I tried to. I did the best
-I could.”</p>
-
-<p>“Did you have any help, Bob?” Miss Williams asked,
-looking straight into Bob’s face.</p>
-
-<p>“Why&mdash;I don’t know what you mean, Miss Williams,”
-said Bob. “Frank and I went over a lot of words at home,
-last night.”</p>
-
-<p>“I mean, you had no key, no idea of what words I was
-going to give out?” asked the teacher.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, dear, no! How could I?”</p>
-
-<p>Miss Williams paused again. It seemed hard for her to
-go on, but she finally said:</p>
-
-<p>“Bob, I had two lists of words. One I had copied to send
-to a sister who is a teacher in the next township. Both were
-in my desk when I left the school last night.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, ma’am,” replied Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“This noon I found one of them missing.”</p>
-
-<p>“Why, who could have taken it?” said Bob.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[69]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“I am sorry,” replied Miss Williams, “but I found it in
-your desk.”</p>
-
-<p>“In my desk?” cried Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, Bob.”</p>
-
-<p>“When?”</p>
-
-<p>“Just now. I searched all the desks. It was in yours,
-Bob,” went on Miss Williams, and her voice shook a little.
-“I think a great deal of you, and I do not wish to misjudge
-you, but you must explain this.”</p>
-
-<p>“Why, how can I?” spoke Bob. “I don’t know anything
-about the list.”</p>
-
-<p>“Have you any idea how it came in your desk?”</p>
-
-<p>“Why&mdash;yes, I have&mdash;&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>A sudden thought had come into Bob’s mind. It was a
-dreadful thought, too. He almost turned pale, he was so
-upset. Just like a flash a quick idea made him almost gasp.</p>
-
-<p>“Speak out, Bob,” urged Miss Williams, but Bob was
-silent. He hung his head and tried to think out a great
-muddle in his mind.</p>
-
-<p>“If you know anything about the missing list, Bob,” went
-on his teacher, “you must certainly tell me. If you suspect
-any one, it is right you should say so.”</p>
-
-<p>“Miss Williams,” replied Bob, making up his mind and
-looking up now, “I could make a guess, but I won’t do it till
-I am sure I am right.”</p>
-
-<p>“Bob,” said Miss Williams, “a week from Monday the
-school board meets. It is my duty to tell them what has happened.
-You know as well as I do that they will suspend or
-expel a scholar for using a key to any of the lessons.”</p>
-
-<p>“But I haven’t used any key. I never heard of the list
-until this minute,” declared Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“But you know who did take it. You will have to tell<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[70]</a></span>
-me whom to suspect, or I shall report to the board. That is
-all.”</p>
-
-<p>Bob left the schoolroom without another word.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s too bad!” he said, almost angrily, as he reached the
-outside. “I can guess who did it&mdash;and it’s too bad for him,
-too,” added Bob Bouncer, gloomily.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[71]</a></span></p>
-
-<div class="chapter">
-
-<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER VIII<br />
-<span class="pch">THE MAD BULL</span></h2>
-
-<p>“<span class="smcap">News</span> from the North Pole!” shouted Dick Hazelton,
-bounding into the playground, two mornings later.</p>
-
-<p>“What does that mean?” asked Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“Frost.”</p>
-
-<p>“When&mdash;where?”</p>
-
-<p>“On the pumpkins! You fellows who live in town don’t
-get up early enough to see what’s going on these crisp, bright
-days. Get ready for some new fun, fellows.”</p>
-
-<p>“What’s doing?” asked Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“Nutting.”</p>
-
-<p>“Hurrah!” cheered Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>“Walnuts down in the flats, and hickory nuts over in the
-North Woods,” said Dick. “See here, Frank, can’t we get
-the fellows to go Saturday?”</p>
-
-<p>“Of course we can,” replied Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“My crowd will go,” put in Jed Burr.</p>
-
-<p>“Thank you!” laughed Frank, slyly.</p>
-
-<p>“Say, what will I do?” asked Tom. “I’m too fat to climb
-trees.”</p>
-
-<p>“You can hold the bag,” chuckled Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>Bob looked at Jed, and then at Tom. Then he walked
-away to another part of the playground.</p>
-
-<p>“Hi, Bob!” sang out Sammy, running after him. “Where
-are you bound for?”</p>
-
-<p>“Nowhere.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[72]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“What’s the matter with you, anyway, the last day or two?”</p>
-
-<p>“Nothing.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, there is.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’m sort of feeling cross, that’s all.”</p>
-
-<p>Sammy fell back with a rather glum face, and Bob walked
-about alone. He was not feeling cross at all, although he
-thought he was. He was thinking.</p>
-
-<p>Bob had felt for two days that he was in disgrace. Miss
-Williams showed no change in her manner towards him before
-the scholars, but he did not feel as free and friendly with her
-as of old.</p>
-
-<p>Bob had worried some, but he had no hard feelings
-against anybody. He knew that he was not to blame about
-the stolen spelling list. One thing troubled Bob greatly,
-however; he believed that Tom Chubb had taken the list
-from the teacher’s desk.</p>
-
-<p>That was the very first thought that had come into Bob’s
-mind when Miss Williams spoke of the list. Bob hated to
-think that Tom could do a mean trick. Something he remembered,
-however, helped to turn his mind in that way.</p>
-
-<p>Ever since Tom had come to school, he had told a lot of
-stories of the ways down at Springville Academy. The boys
-there had taught him a good many tricks, as they called them.</p>
-
-<p>Tom said it was quite usual for the fellows to have key
-books and carry notes with them, when they were trying for
-a new grade. What was worse, the fat boy did not seem to
-see much wrong in these acts.</p>
-
-<p>So Bob had jumped at once to the conclusion that Tom
-had stolen the spelling list out of Miss Williams’ desk.</p>
-
-<p>“Didn’t he have every word right?” Bob asked himself.
-“How could it come in his desk, or rather my desk, which
-he was using, unless he put it in there?”</p>
-
-<p>Only guessing this, however, Bob was not willing to give<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[73]</a></span>
-the teacher the clew. Besides that, he would not betray a
-friend. He felt sorry for Tom, and he did not believe he
-could trust or like him as he had done.</p>
-
-<p>All this Bob had carried in his mind for two days. He
-did not tell Frank or Sammy about it, but he did not feel
-very good over the way he was being suspected by the teacher.</p>
-
-<p>“If Tom did take the list,” thought Bob, “and they fasten
-it on him, he will certainly be expelled. That would be
-pretty bad for his folks, for he didn’t seem to have been a
-very bright scholar before.”</p>
-
-<p>Just now, Bob had some new thoughts about the affair.
-He had put some facts together that had not at first come to
-his mind. He remembered that Jed Burr had not been at
-school the day of the spelling test. He remembered, too,
-that two of Jed’s chums had come out better than they ever
-had before in the spelling.</p>
-
-<p>Putting this and that together, Bob wondered if it could
-be possible that Jed had tried to “get even” by getting him
-into new trouble, just as he had when the bottle of ink in the
-storeroom was found broken.</p>
-
-<p>If Jed had done this, he must have done it after school,
-when the teacher and all the scholars were away, and forgetting
-that Tom was just then using Bob’s desk.</p>
-
-<p>“I won’t speak to Tom about it, not just yet, anyway,”
-decided Bob. “If he didn’t do it, he will feel bad at my
-thinking he did. If he was bad enough to do it, he will deny
-it, of course. It’s some days before the school board meets.
-I’ll just keep quiet, and see how things turn out. I’ll keep a
-sharp eye, too, on Jed Burr and his friends.”</p>
-
-<p>Bob was in a better frame of mind by the time the school
-bell rang. He crossed the playground slowly. Most of the
-scholars had got into the building. Just coming through the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[74]</a></span>
-gate, and hurrying along as fast as they could, were Minnie
-Grey and little crippled Benny Lane.</p>
-
-<p>Minnie had hold of Benny’s arm and was urging him
-along. The little fellow was using his mended crutch the
-best he knew how. Minnie wore a red winter cape, for the
-mornings were beginning to get quite chill. She was hurrying
-so fast that this fell from her shoulders. She did not stop to
-pick it up. Instead, she acted as if too frightened to do anything
-but run and make Benny keep up with her.</p>
-
-<p>“Why,” cried Bob, suddenly, “that bull is chasing them!”</p>
-
-<p>Just then Bob caught sight of the animal. It came rushing
-down the road Minnie and Benny had just left. The bull
-was roaring, its head down, its tail lashing the air.</p>
-
-<p>“Hurry! hurry!” shouted Bob.</p>
-
-<p>He ran towards the gate as fast as he could. As he got
-between it and the two children, the bull lowered its horns.</p>
-
-<p>There was a post midway in the gate space. The animal
-could not get through without getting this out of the way.
-Bob saw the bull make a great rush. Its big horns struck the
-post, and snapped it off near the ground as if it were a mere
-pipe-stem.</p>
-
-<p>Bob cast a quick glance at the two children. They were
-still fully fifty feet from the schoolhouse. Minnie was about
-dragging Benny along, who had begun to cry in terror.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s Farmer Doane’s big bull, the one he always keeps
-shut up,” said Bob. “They say he’s very ugly. He gored and
-killed two pigs last week. He must have broken out. It’s
-that red cape that roused him up.”</p>
-
-<p>Bob made a run for the spot where the cape lay on the
-ground. He snatched it up just in time. The bull with a
-great bellow was making a rush after the two children.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[75]</a></span></p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
- <img src="images/ill-075.jpg" width="400" height="584"
- alt=""
- title="" />
- <div class="caption"><p class="pc400"><i>He Made a Bee-line for the Schoolhouse</i></p>
-</div></div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[76]</a></span></p>
-<p>&nbsp;</p>
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[77]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“I’ll have to do some dodging,” thought Bob, “but I’ve
-got to keep him away till Minnie and Benny get into the
-schoolhouse.”</p>
-
-<p>What Bob tried to do now was to get the attention of the
-animal away from the children. He gave the red cape a
-fling right into the face of the animal. It fell at one side.
-The bull eyed it and made a dash for it.</p>
-
-<p>“Good! they’re safe!” cried Bob, as he saw Minnie and
-Benny pass through the open doorway of the schoolhouse.
-They fairly fell over the threshold in their wild haste and
-fear.</p>
-
-<p>The bull drove its head down at the cape. Then the
-animal stamped it to fragments in the soft sod. Then with
-a frightful bellow it started for Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s a run, and a fast one,” thought Bob.</p>
-
-<p>He made a straight bee-line for the schoolhouse, not
-daring to risk looking behind him. He could hear the great
-thudding hoofs of the pursuing bull strike the ground hard
-and fast.</p>
-
-<p>The animal snorted, and once Bob almost fancied he
-could feel its hot breath sweep the back of his neck. At any
-rate, it was an eager race.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ve made it!” cried the lad, breathless and excited, as he
-bounded over the threshold of the schoolhouse door.</p>
-
-<p>As he did so he knocked over Frank and Sammy, crowding
-towards it to see what was going on. Bob had just a
-glimpse of crowding, frightened boys and girls.</p>
-
-<p>“Shut the door!” he yelled, and got to his feet to help two
-of the scholars to give it a quick slam.</p>
-
-<p>Bob shot the bolt just in time. The door shook violently
-the next moment, as the heavy body of the bull grazed it.</p>
-
-<p>“What is it?” asked Miss Williams, hurrying from her
-desk.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s a mad bull,” said Sammy.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[78]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“Are the children all in?” asked the teacher, anxiously.</p>
-
-<p>“They’re all right, Miss Williams,” replied Bob.</p>
-
-<p>Just then a frightful scream came from the side of the
-room.</p>
-
-<p>Crash! went the lower half of a window, sending splinters
-of wood and glass half way across the floor.</p>
-
-<p>The terrified scholars crowded to the other end of the
-room, as the bull, with a fierce roar and blood-shot eyes, stuck
-its head through the ruined window.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[79]</a></span></p>
-
-<div class="chapter">
-
-<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER IX<br />
-<span class="pch">THE NUTTING PARTY</span></h2>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">The</span> schoolroom was in an uproar. Some of the smaller
-scholars were crying. Miss Williams looked quite pale.</p>
-
-<p>“Be quiet, children,” she said.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, that cow will come in here and eat us all up!”
-blubbered one little girl.</p>
-
-<p>“Do not think of going outside,” said the teacher to Bob
-and Frank, who went towards the door, while Jed and his
-crowd made sure they were safe at the other end of the room.</p>
-
-<p>“We ought to get word to Farmer Doane,” said Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“You must not risk going out,” insisted Miss Williams.</p>
-
-<p>“The bull may go away,” spoke Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>“He doesn’t act like it,” replied Bob.</p>
-
-<p>They watched the animal from the window. The bull did
-not move away from the building. He walked around it
-twice, rooted up some vines, kicked the door-step loose, and
-looked in at the window.</p>
-
-<p>“We are in a state of siege,” said the teacher, “but there is
-no danger while we remain indoors.”</p>
-
-<p>This did not, however, quiet the scholars. Nobody
-thought of sitting down, and study and order seemed out of
-the question.</p>
-
-<p>“Can’t we do something, Bob?” asked Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m trying to think if we can.”</p>
-
-<p>“Say, I wouldn’t like to tackle that animal,” said Tom, in
-a scared way.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[80]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“Let’s throw something out at him,” suggested Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>“I think I know how to fix things,” said Bob, finally.</p>
-
-<p>“How?” asked Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“The bull keeps well on this side of the schoolhouse.”</p>
-
-<p>“Just now he does, yes.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, you come over to the other side and open a
-window.”</p>
-
-<p>“What for?”</p>
-
-<p>“And let me out, and then shut the window quick.”</p>
-
-<p>“See here, Bob&mdash;&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“You needn’t worry. I may not do all I hope to, but the
-bull won’t catch me.”</p>
-
-<p>“He will if he sees you.”</p>
-
-<p>“Not until I’m all safe and sound.”</p>
-
-<p>Frank knew that Bob was bold and brave, but not reckless.
-Something had to be done, so he went over to the
-window with Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“You watch, and tell us if the bull starts away from that
-side of the house,” Bob said to Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>“All right.”</p>
-
-<p>Frank lifted the window quickly. Bob was outside before
-Miss Williams knew of it. As he started on a run, Sammy
-set up a great shout of warning.</p>
-
-<p>The animal caught sight of Bob as he got past the end of
-the building, and started after him. Frank and the others,
-curious and breathless, watched Bob as he dashed across the
-playground.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, he’ll be caught!” cried Minnie Grey, in affright.</p>
-
-<p>“No, he won’t,” said Sammy. “I see what he’s after.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, yes&mdash;the swing,” guessed Frank.</p>
-
-<p>Bob was too smart to think he could reach the fence before
-the bull could come up with him. About a hundred feet from
-the schoolhouse was a big swing. Two large dead trees<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[81]</a></span>
-formed the sides. Across their top was chained a big
-wooden log.</p>
-
-<p>Two holes had been bored through the log. The rope, a
-thick heavy cable, was run through these, and knotted.</p>
-
-<p>Bob reached the swing well ahead of the bull. He was a
-good climber. Spry and nimble, he was up one of the dead
-trees in a jiffy. The bull, headed for the swing, arrived under
-it as the boy got clear to the cross-piece, and sat astride of it.</p>
-
-<p>The animal moved around the swing in a circle, glaring
-up at Bob and bellowing. The lad pulled one knotted end of
-the rope up and cut off the knot with his pocket-knife, then
-the other.</p>
-
-<p>Now he made a stout slip-knot of one end. The other he
-tied around one of the side supports of the swing. He did
-not know much about lassoing animals, but the task Bob had
-set himself was a pretty easy one.</p>
-
-<p>The bull kept moving around in a ring. Once in a while
-it would rush up against one of the trees and prod with its
-horns. Then it would glare up at Bob and roar fiercely.</p>
-
-<p>“Now’s my chance,” said Bob, quickly, as the animal
-paced almost directly under the log piece on which the boy
-sat.</p>
-
-<p>Bob did not fling the rope. He just dropped its looped
-end. He was well pleased, as without any tangle with the
-horns the loop fell right against the neck of the bull.</p>
-
-<p>The instant the animal felt the rope it reared and shook
-its head. Then it started on a run. Bob clung close to the
-top beam of the swing, for he guessed what was coming.</p>
-
-<p>The bull was going pell-mell. As the loop of the rope
-tightened, it came to a halt so sudden and terrific, that the
-animal was forced to its knees.</p>
-
-<p>The swing shook and creaked, but Bob did not feel at all
-uneasy. The rope was strong and the sides were solid.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[82]</a></span></p>
-
-<p class="p1">“Hurrah!”</p>
-
-<p>“Good for Bob!”</p>
-
-<p>Cheers greeted the brave boy as he slid down one side of
-the swing and landed safely on the ground. Then he ran his
-fastest. There was no need of hurry, he found, as he halted
-outside of range of the bull. The animal had got a wrench
-that tamed it down a good deal.</p>
-
-<p>Bob saw that the loop was tight as could be about the neck
-of the bull. The more the bull tugged, the tighter it became.
-The boy started out on a new run, and waved his hand at the
-peering faces at the schoolhouse window.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m going to tell Farmer Doane,” he shouted.</p>
-
-<p>Bob came back in a quarter of an hour with the farmer.
-Mr. Doane brought a leather muzzle and a leading rope, and
-soon had the bull under mastery.</p>
-
-<p>Bob felt pleased and proud as he walked into the schoolroom.
-The girls were looking at him with beaming eyes.
-Tom Chubb could not help giving him a hearty slap on the
-shoulder. Miss Williams smiled at him in a grateful way.</p>
-
-<p>It took some time for the school to quiet down. Before
-studies were taken up, a little scrap of folded paper passed
-from hand to hand till it reached Bob. When he opened
-it, he read:</p>
-
-<p class="p1">“You are a reel heero, Bob Bouncer.</p>
-
-<p class="pr2">“<span class="smcap">Minnie</span>,<br />
-“<span class="smcap">Benny</span>.”</p>
-
-<p class="p1">At recess the little fellows crowded about Bob as if he
-was a hero, indeed, and the girls said all kinds of nice things
-about him.</p>
-
-<p>Bob still had in mind the trouble about the stolen spelling<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[83]</a></span>
-list. He felt a good deal better now, however, than he had
-done before.</p>
-
-<p>Miss Williams was kinder to him. Jed Burr was uglier
-than ever.</p>
-
-<p>Everybody looked forward to Saturday with a good deal
-of pleasure and excitement. About a dozen of the boys were
-going with the nutting party. They were to meet at a crossroads
-just south of the town.</p>
-
-<p>Bob, Frank and Sammy were on hand bright and early,
-each provided with a good-sized feed bag and some lunch.
-Jed and his friends came upon the scene a little later.</p>
-
-<p>Tom Chubb arrived panting and late. He went on to
-tell one of his wonderful stories about a dream he had about
-being in a cocoanut forest, and hated to wake up from it.</p>
-
-<p>“I say, Tom,” remarked Frank, “you’ve brought no bag.”</p>
-
-<p>“Me? Guess not,” replied Tom, smartly, sticking his
-hands in his pockets, and strutting around.</p>
-
-<p>“Why didn’t you?” asked Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, I carried things for some fellows once,” chuckled
-Tom, “and I don’t do it again in a hurry.”</p>
-
-<p>The boys laughed heartily at this hint of the time when
-some chums at Springville Academy got Tom to carry a heavy
-chain several miles to tap a bee-tree that did not exist.</p>
-
-<p>“Besides,” added Tom, “I’m too fat to climb trees, so I’m
-no use except to have fun with.”</p>
-
-<p>The party trooped down the pleasant country road, joking,
-singing, and hailing every farmer they met. Dick Hazelton
-met them about half a mile out of town.</p>
-
-<p>“Here’s our guide,” shouted Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes,” cried Dick, “and I’m going to lead you to the biggest
-raft of hickory nuts you ever laid your eyes on.”</p>
-
-<p>“Jolly!” shouted Sammy, waving his cap in glee.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[84]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“I went over to the flats this morning early,” said Dick.
-“I tell you the nuts are prime for picking.”</p>
-
-<p>Jed and his crowd kept pretty well to themselves. As
-the crowd reached another cross-road they started down it.</p>
-
-<p>“Hold on, there,” shouted Dick.</p>
-
-<p>“What for?” asked Jed.</p>
-
-<p>“That’s the wrong way.”</p>
-
-<p>“It’s right enough for us,” retorted Jed, smartly.</p>
-
-<p>“This road is the shortest one to the flats.”</p>
-
-<p>Jed did not reply, but with his party swung off on the
-cross-road.</p>
-
-<p>“They’re up to something,” said Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“I wonder what it is?” asked Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>“Something to spoil our fun, I’m sure,” spoke Tom. “It’s
-just like them.”</p>
-
-<p>“I think they’re going to run for it when they get out of
-sight,” said Dick. “They are aiming to make a cross cut and
-reach the flats first.”</p>
-
-<p>“Suppose they do?”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, they think they’ll gather up all the nuts. Huh!
-there’s a month’s picking for ten schools.”</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[85]</a></span></p>
-
-<div class="chapter">
-
-<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER X<br />
-<span class="pch">“THE DAY OF THEIR LIVES”</span></h2>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">The</span> boys kept on their way. As they reached the farm
-where Dick lived, he took them all into the dairy. His
-mother came out and welcomed the crowd. She brought half
-a dozen tin cups.</p>
-
-<p>“Now then, boys,” she said, passing these around, “Dick
-will show you where the buttermilk is.”</p>
-
-<p>“Say,” spoke Tom, as he helped himself to the second cup
-of the cool, refreshing buttermilk, “I’d like to live here.”</p>
-
-<p>“Jed’s crowd are missing it, I tell you,” said Sammy,
-smacking his lips.</p>
-
-<p>“Dick, this is just fine,” spoke Bob.</p>
-
-<p>Mrs. Hazelton came out with a package of home-made
-cheese to add to the lunch, and the boys greeted her with a
-cheer and started briskly on their way.</p>
-
-<p>Their guide led them to a fence, over it, and through a
-dry watercourse.</p>
-
-<p>“Here we are, fellows,” he announced, pointing to a
-scattered grove of trees on the rise opposite.</p>
-
-<p>“Hurrah!” shouted Sammy. “I feel like a squirrel.”</p>
-
-<p>The crowd placed their lunches under a shady tree and
-started over for the hickory grove. Soon each one, except
-Tom, was scrambling up a tree.</p>
-
-<p>“There’s a rather low one over yonder,” said Tom to Bob.
-“I guess I’ll tackle it.”</p>
-
-<p>“What with?” asked Bob.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[86]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Tom drew a stout slung-shot from his pocket. Then he
-rambled along the watercourse, and filled an old fruit basket
-he had found with good-sized pebbles.</p>
-
-<p>The next hour was a jolly one for the happy crowd. There
-were some mishaps, but only amounting to scratches and
-scrapes. The shaken limbs of the trees rained down hickory
-nuts like hailstones.</p>
-
-<p>Bob came back to the tree where he had left Tom to find
-his friend lying fast asleep on the grass. A little pile of
-hickory nuts lay near his coat and cap.</p>
-
-<p>“Had lots of fun,” Tom declared, when he woke up. “I’m
-not a very good shot, though.”</p>
-
-<p>All hands were soon ready for lunch. Nearly every bag
-was filled. The boys were pleased with their success, and it
-was a gay crowd that enjoyed the dinner under the trees.</p>
-
-<p>“What now?” asked Sammy, when he had eaten his fill.</p>
-
-<p>“Walnuts next,” replied Dick.</p>
-
-<p>“What will we do with the hickories?” asked Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“We’ll leave them here,” said Dick. “Bring along the
-empty bags, and we’ll go up to the North Woods after the
-walnuts.”</p>
-
-<p>“It will be some tramping, each lugging two bags home,”
-spoke Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>“You won’t have to do that,” answered Dick.</p>
-
-<p>“Why not?”</p>
-
-<p>“When we get all the bags full, I’ll go home and get a
-wagon and team.”</p>
-
-<p>“That will be fine,” said Tom.</p>
-
-<p>“Say, Dick,” spoke Frank, “what do you suppose has
-become of Jed and his crowd?”</p>
-
-<p>“They must have taken in the walnut trees first,” replied
-Dick.</p>
-
-<p>The route to the North Woods took the boys along the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[87]</a></span>
-road where Jed and his friends had left them earlier in the
-morning. As they came up to a farmhouse Dick said:</p>
-
-<p>“Farmer Griggs lives here. We’ll go in and get a good
-cool drink of well water.”</p>
-
-<p>They trooped into the farm-yard. They were all gathered
-about the well when an old man came out from the house.</p>
-
-<p>“How’dy, Dick,” he said. “Mornin’, lads. Hey, lost any
-of your friends?”</p>
-
-<p>“Have you found any, Mr. Griggs?” asked Dick.</p>
-
-<p>“I have, for a fact,” replied the farmer, with a grin, “six
-of them.”</p>
-
-<p>“He means Jed and the others,” said Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“I shouldn’t wonder,” answered Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“Where are the friends you spoke of, Mr. Griggs?” asked
-Dick, guessing.</p>
-
-<p>“Treed. Just step this way, so you can see the orchard,
-and you’ll understand what I mean,” replied the farmer, with
-a grim chuckle.</p>
-
-<p>The boys trooped eagerly after the farmer. Behind the
-barns of the place was a small fenced-in orchard. The trees
-hung heavy with red, luscious fruit. More than one of the
-boys knew of the fine fruit that came from the Griggs farm
-and was on sale in the village every fall and winter.</p>
-
-<p>“After you’ve looked a bit, lads,” said the farmer, “you
-can go and eat your fill. I’ve no objection to any orderly
-boys helping themselves to an apple or two, but when it comes
-to stealing bagfuls, though, and breaking whole limbs off
-the trees, I can’t stand it. There’s the fellows I spoke of,”
-added Mr. Griggs, coming to a halt.</p>
-
-<p>Inside the orchard were four big dogs. They did not
-look so fierce and ugly, but there was something about them
-that told one they knew how to protect the property of their
-owner.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[88]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Each one of the animals lay on the grass under a tree,
-its head between its paws, its eyes fixed up among the
-branches overhead. Among these, two in one tree, the boys
-made out Jed and his companions.</p>
-
-<p>“How long have they been there, Mr. Griggs?” asked
-Dick, his face on a broad grin.</p>
-
-<p>“About three hours.”</p>
-
-<p>“And haven’t dared to come down on account of the dogs&mdash;I
-see,” said Frank, smiling.</p>
-
-<p>“They may now,” answered the farmer. “I guess they’ve
-had a good dose this time.”</p>
-
-<p>He whistled to the dogs, opened the gate for them to pass
-out, and waved his hand towards the treed captives.</p>
-
-<p>“Hey, you fellows!” he shouted, “you can go on your way
-now.”</p>
-
-<p>Jed and his friends climbed down from the trees. They
-sneaked for the further corner of the fence away from their
-amused schoolmates.</p>
-
-<p>“They look pretty forlorn, for a fact,” chuckled Tom.</p>
-
-<p>“Go in and help yourselves, lads,” invited Farmer Griggs,
-opening the gate for Bob and his friends to pass through.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, say, you’re awful kind,” cried Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>“Just pick the windfalls,” directed the farmer. “Hey!”
-as the boys rushed gladly for the trees, “as you go over the
-next fence you’ll find a little melon patch. You take two of
-the late watermelons&mdash;no more, mind you.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll see that they obey orders, Mr. Griggs,” promised
-Dick, “and&mdash;thank you!”</p>
-
-<p>“Many thanks!” shouted the others.</p>
-
-<p>The boys ate two or three apples apiece and stowed as
-many more in their pockets. Then there was a rush for the
-melon patch. Bob and Dick came out into the road, each
-carrying a big fat melon of the late variety that looked ripe
-and tempting.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[89]</a></span></p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
- <img src="images/ill-089.jpg" width="400" height="580"
- alt=""
- title="" />
- <div class="caption"><p class="pc400"><i>“Oh, Say! Isn’t This Glorious!” Cried Sammy</i></p>
-</div></div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[90]</a></span></p>
-<p>&nbsp;</p>
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[91]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“Oh, say, isn’t this glorious!” cried Sammy, as they all
-sat down under a tree by the roadside, and Dick got out his
-pocket-knife.</p>
-
-<p>Jed and his friends sat on a fallen tree about fifty yards
-distant. They watched the boys enviously, while not getting
-slivers out of their hands and the creases out of their clothes.</p>
-
-<p>“Come on, Burr, and all of you,” cried Dick, in a pleasant,
-open-hearted way.</p>
-
-<p>Jed and his companions skulked up to the spot, rather
-shame-faced. No one referred to their long roost in the apple-trees.
-Sammy, however, had to laugh outright when it came
-out that they had left their lunches on the ground, and the
-dogs had eaten them up.</p>
-
-<p>Bob and his friends divided what they had in their pockets
-with Jed’s party. This and a watermelon made the deserters
-feel a good deal better.</p>
-
-<p>All hands went to the North Woods, and put in two hours
-gathering walnuts. About three o’clock Dick and Bob
-started off for the Hazelton farm, leaving their comrades in
-the woods.</p>
-
-<p>Dick got a team and a light wagon at the farm. First,
-he and Bob drove over to the flat and loaded in the bags of
-hickory nuts.</p>
-
-<p>Then they drove around into the North Woods, and the
-walnuts were safely stowed. The boys crowded into the
-wagon on top of them.</p>
-
-<p>“Say, this feels good,” said Tom, as he rested his tired
-limbs.</p>
-
-<p>“Never had such a grand day in my life!” cried Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>The team took the boys around to their homes. Even
-Jed Burr voted that they had enjoyed a fine occasion.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[92]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Bob was so tired he could hardly do his evening chores,
-and he was glad to get to bed early. All the next day, too,
-he had to keep his scratched hands rubbed with grease. His
-knees were pretty sore from climbing.</p>
-
-<p>Monday morning he woke up with a start. A loud voice
-sounded in the yard below, and Bob ran to the window, wondering
-at the commotion. He heard the window in his
-father’s room pushed up.</p>
-
-<p>“What’s the matter?” called down Mr. Bouncer to Mr.
-Haven, his neighbor, who, quite pale and excited, had just
-breathlessly called out to him.</p>
-
-<p>“Get up quick, Mr. Bouncer&mdash;the jewelry store has been
-robbed!”</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[93]</a></span></p>
-
-<div class="chapter">
-
-<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER XI<br />
-<span class="pch">ROBBERY</span></h2>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">“Robbed!</span>” echoed Mr. Bouncer, in great surprise.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, of nearly everything of value it contained.”</p>
-
-<p>“You amaze me,” said Bob’s father.</p>
-
-<p>“My brother just notified me,” went on Mr. Haven. “I
-wish you would come down to the store with me.”</p>
-
-<p>“Certainly, at once,” replied Mr. Bouncer.</p>
-
-<p>Bob was greatly excited at the news. He ran for his
-clothes and got them on in a hurry. Then he bounded down
-the stairs. By this time his father had joined Mr. Haven,
-and the two gentlemen were hurrying down the street towards
-the center of the village.</p>
-
-<p>Bob started to run after them, when he saw Frank just
-leaving the yard of his own house. He waited till Frank
-came up, all in a flurry, buttoning up his coat as if he had
-put it on in haste.</p>
-
-<p>“Frank, the store has been robbed, I heard your father
-say.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes,” replied Frank. “He’s terribly worried about it.
-You know, he borrowed a lot of money to buy it out and start
-my uncle in business.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, I heard so.”</p>
-
-<p>“It would about ruin him if the thieves took much.”</p>
-
-<p>“Your father says they did.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, I hope not&mdash;my uncle may be mistaken.”</p>
-
-<p>As the boys, following their fathers, turned into the main<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[94]</a></span>
-business street of the town, they noticed a crowd gathered in
-front of the jewelry store.</p>
-
-<p>Early as the hour was, the village marshal had already
-reached the place. The boys expected to see the windows
-smashed, or the doors broken in, but there was not a sign of
-disorder about the place. The show windows and the shelves
-looked as neat and orderly as usual.</p>
-
-<p>Frank and Bob went inside the store. They found the
-marshal and the others standing in front of the large iron safe
-at the end of the store. Its massive doors stood open. Its
-drawers were pulled out and scattered on the floor, and its
-shelves were empty.</p>
-
-<p>“Gone&mdash;all gone!” groaned Mr. Haven, turning very pale.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, they have taken everything there was in the safe,”
-said his brother.</p>
-
-<p>“When did you find it out?” asked the marshal.</p>
-
-<p>“Not half an hour ago,” was the reply. “I came down
-earlier than usual, because I had some hurry repairing orders.
-I let myself in and then I noticed the open safe.”</p>
-
-<p>“It’s a weak, old-fashioned iron box,” said the marshal,
-looking the safe over. “I often told Jones it wasn’t any good.
-The robbers pried it open easily.”</p>
-
-<p>“But how did they get into the store?” asked Mr. Bouncer.</p>
-
-<p>“That is the mystery,” replied Frank’s uncle. “The door
-was locked as usual, and the window-catches all in place.”</p>
-
-<p>“Why, then, they must have had a key,” said the marshal.</p>
-
-<p>“Evidently they did.”</p>
-
-<p>“The lost key&mdash;do you remember?” Bob whispered to
-Frank, in an excited tone.</p>
-
-<p>“Some one found it!”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes!”</p>
-
-<p>“And let himself in here! Who could have done it?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[95]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Before Bob could reply, Mr. Haven sank into a chair with
-a groan.</p>
-
-<p>“They have taken everything,” he declared, “the silverware,
-the watches and chains, and all the solid gold goods we
-carried.”</p>
-
-<p>“Did they amount to much?” asked the marshal.</p>
-
-<p>“Over five thousand dollars.”</p>
-
-<p>“Too bad! My assistant watchman and myself patrolled
-the town all night. He reported no suspicious persons about,
-and I saw none.”</p>
-
-<p>“They got in easily, and took what they liked.”</p>
-
-<p>Neither Frank nor Bob ate much breakfast that morning.
-They were too excited to think of anything except the robbery.
-When they started for school the whole village was aroused
-over the robbery. Everybody was talking about it. When
-they got to the schoolhouse even the smallest scholars spoke
-of the event.</p>
-
-<p>Frank felt pretty bad. Bob was very sorry for Mr.
-Haven. He told Frank so, and tried to cheer up his chum.</p>
-
-<p>“The robbers must have been strangers,” he said.</p>
-
-<p>“I think that,” returned Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“The marshal has got half a dozen men started in different
-directions. They are bound to get some idea of the
-way the thieves have gone.”</p>
-
-<p>“I hope so. Why, they even locked the door after them
-when they went away! My father has offered two hundred
-dollars reward.”</p>
-
-<p>Bob did not do much studying that day. When school
-was over in the afternoon he went home with Frank to hear
-if anything had been heard of the robbers.</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Haven was seated on the porch, talking gloomily with
-a lawyer. Mrs. Haven was about her work as usual, but
-looked very serious.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[96]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“What’s the news, Frank?” asked Bob, after Frank had
-gone into the house and had seen his mother.</p>
-
-<p>“They haven’t caught the robbers.”</p>
-
-<p>“It’s queer how the fellows have gotten away without
-being seen, isn’t it?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, it is, Bob, and that’s what puzzles the marshal, my
-mother says.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll be back after supper, Frank,” said Bob. “I wonder
-if Sammy will be over?”</p>
-
-<p>“He said he would,” replied Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“All right, I may want you to go somewhere with me.”</p>
-
-<p>“What do you mean?” asked Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll tell you after supper.”</p>
-
-<p>Bob went away, very thoughtful. He was doing much
-thinking. At the corner of two streets he stood still for a
-long time, as if trying to make up his mind to something.</p>
-
-<p>“It can’t do any harm to follow out my idea,” he said to
-himself and started up quickly.</p>
-
-<p>Bob went straight to the home of Miss Simmons. He
-had not seen her since the day he had noticed the tramp leave
-the place. Bob found her seated in a rocking-chair on the
-porch, sewing.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, how do you do, Bob?” said the old maid. “I
-thought you were coming to see me? I wanted to give you
-something for helping me get back those letters.”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t want anything for that, Miss Simmons,” replied
-Bob, “but there’s something else you can do for me, if you
-will.”</p>
-
-<p>“What is that, Bob?”</p>
-
-<p>“I’d like to know if that tramp I saw here brought you
-back those four letters.”</p>
-
-<p>Miss Simmons flushed and fidgeted. Then she asked,
-sharply:</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[97]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“Have you told anybody about the letters, Bob?”</p>
-
-<p>“No, ma’am, not a soul.”</p>
-
-<p>“You’re a good boy, Bob; a very good boy.”</p>
-
-<p>“Thank you, Miss Simmons.”</p>
-
-<p>“And about those letters&mdash;&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, ma’am?”</p>
-
-<p>“The man you speak of did bring them back.”</p>
-
-<p>“I thought that. Miss Simmons, have you seen him since
-the day you lost the letters?”</p>
-
-<p>The old maid looked troubled. Then she glanced sharply
-at Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“What are you asking that for?” she said.</p>
-
-<p>“Because I believe he has been up to some mischief,”
-replied the boy. “If I knew all about his dealings with you,
-it might help me find out what I am after.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, Bob,” said the lady, “he is certainly a very bad
-man. He found those letters, and nearly scared me to death
-saying he would print them if I didn’t pay him to get them
-back. I gave him all the money I had. He wanted more.”</p>
-
-<p>“How much?” asked Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“Sixty dollars, ten in cash.”</p>
-
-<p>“The rascal!”</p>
-
-<p>“He made me give him a note for that fifty dollars. Then
-he asked me who would cash it. He got out of me that Mr.
-Silas Dolby did that kind of business. I suppose he placed
-the note with him.”</p>
-
-<p>“That explains how I came to see the tramp at the old
-miser’s house the night Frank lost the key to the jewelry
-store,” thought Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“Early yesterday morning,” went on Miss Simmons, “the
-man came to the back door here. He had another man with
-him.”</p>
-
-<p>“What kind of a man?” asked Bob, eagerly.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[98]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“A man with a green shade over one eye.”</p>
-
-<p>Bob could hardly keep from crying out. He was sure
-now that the two men he had heard talk about robbery in
-the bluff hide-out, had been in Fairview the day previous.</p>
-
-<p>“He wanted something to eat,” said the old maid. “I gave
-them their breakfast. Then the man asked for some money.
-I told him I had given him all I intended to. He acted sort
-of ugly, and I said I would call the marshal if he troubled
-me any more. Then he went away pretty quick.”</p>
-
-<p>“Thank you, Miss Simmons,” said Bob. “You have told
-me just what I wanted to know.”</p>
-
-<p>“It won’t&mdash;won’t mix me in anything about those letters?”
-asked the old maid.</p>
-
-<p>“No, indeed. I haven’t mentioned about them, and I
-shan’t. The man won’t bother you any more, either, Miss
-Simmons.”</p>
-
-<p>Bob left the place with big thoughts in his mind. He was
-only a boy, but he felt that he had found out something that
-a grown man would be glad to learn.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m going to do something about that robbery,” said Bob
-to himself. “I hardly know what just yet, but I’ll think out
-some way.”</p>
-
-<p>It was just after supper that Bob went over to the Haven
-place. Frank and Sammy were waiting for him.</p>
-
-<p>“Any news of the robbers yet?” asked Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“Not a word,” replied Frank. “The marshal says he can’t
-find that any tramps or strangers have been hanging around
-town lately.”</p>
-
-<p>Bob said nothing. He kept it to himself that the town
-marshal was mistaken.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, fellows,” he said, “I want you to join me in a
-hunt.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[99]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“Eh? What kind of a hunt?” asked Sammy, with great
-interest.</p>
-
-<p>“Not a treasure hunt, mind you,” replied Bob, with a
-faint smile, remembering Sammy’s weakness.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh,” said Sammy, flushing up, “what kind of a hunt,
-then?”</p>
-
-<p>“I want to see if we can’t find the men who robbed Mr.
-Haven’s jewelry store,” replied Bob.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[100]</a></span></p>
-
-<div class="chapter">
-
-<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER XII<br />
-<span class="pch">BOB BOUNCER’S CLEW</span></h2>
-
-<p>“<span class="smcap">Try</span> to catch the robbers?” gasped Frank, in wonder.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes,” replied Bob, in a way that showed he was very
-much in earnest.</p>
-
-<p>“Say, wouldn’t it be grand if we could!” cried Sammy.
-“Why, there’s a reward of two hundred dollars for that!”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, but we wouldn’t take it from Mr. Haven,” said
-Bob, quickly.</p>
-
-<p>“That’s so, I forgot,” replied Sammy, readily.</p>
-
-<p>“Have you found out something, Bob?” asked Frank,
-seriously.</p>
-
-<p>“I think I have.”</p>
-
-<p>“What is it?” asked Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>“I can’t tell you all at once,” replied Bob. “There’s just
-this, though, fellows; I know that two tramps were in town
-yesterday.”</p>
-
-<p>“You do!” cried Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes.”</p>
-
-<p>“And you think they are the robbers?”</p>
-
-<p>“I’m pretty sure of it. Frank, do you remember my
-telling you about the two men hiding on the bluff the night
-of the bonfire?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, Bob.”</p>
-
-<p>“And how they were talking about robbing somebody?”</p>
-
-<p>“And you told your father, and he got the marshal to look
-for them?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[101]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“That’s it.”</p>
-
-<p>“But they got out of town.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes. Well, those fellows were here again yesterday.”</p>
-
-<p>“You don’t say so!” exclaimed Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, they were. I’m going to tell you something else.”</p>
-
-<p>“What’s that?” asked Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“You know, we thought you lost the key to your father’s
-jewelry store in Silas Dolby’s yard?”</p>
-
-<p>“I know I did.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, I’ve found out that one of the tramps knows Mr.
-Dolby. In fact, he was at his house right after you lost the
-key.”</p>
-
-<p>“Why, Bob,” cried Sammy, “then old Dolby broke into
-the jewelry store?”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, dear, no, I can’t know that,” said Bob, quickly. “I
-don’t say so, either.”</p>
-
-<p>“But&mdash;&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“I’m just putting this and that together.”</p>
-
-<p>“I should think you were!” said Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>“We know that Mr. Dolby has a bad name, and is
-tricky and all that, but he wouldn’t rob a neighbor,” went on
-Bob. “He knows one of the robbers, though. I happen to
-know he has had business with him. Mr. Dolby may not
-know that the tramp is a bad man, but somehow or other I
-can’t get it out of my head that the key to the jewelry store
-Frank lost was the one that was used by the robbers.”</p>
-
-<p>“We know it was, Bob,” spoke Frank. “There were only
-two keys, and my uncle had the other.”</p>
-
-<p>“How the robbers got hold of it, I don’t know. I can think
-of a way, but it’s only a guess.”</p>
-
-<p>“What is it, Bob?” asked Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, Mr. Dolby may have spoken of your losing it in
-his yard.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[102]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“That’s so.”</p>
-
-<p>“And the robber hunted for it and found it.”</p>
-
-<p>“How are we going to find out?”</p>
-
-<p>“Well,” said Bob, “I thought we’d go down to Mr.
-Dolby’s place, and hang around and watch it.”</p>
-
-<p>“Maybe the robbers are there now,” cried Sammy,
-quickly.</p>
-
-<p>“The marshal says he believes they are in hiding somewhere
-near Fairview,” said Frank. “They had to have two
-big satchels to handle all the stuff they stole. Anybody
-seeing two men carrying big satchels would remember them.
-The marshal says he and his men have gone over every road
-in the county, and they haven’t found a trace of the robbers.”</p>
-
-<p>“All right, we’ll try too,” spoke Bob, with a good deal of
-confidence.</p>
-
-<p>“Say,” observed Sammy, “hadn’t we ought to have stars?”</p>
-
-<p>“Why, what for?” asked Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“To arrest the robbers.”</p>
-
-<p>Bob laughed outright.</p>
-
-<p>“You great detective!” he railed. “Badges and clubs, and
-horse-pistols, too, I suppose?”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, don’t you expect to catch the robbers?”</p>
-
-<p>“I hope to find out something about them to tell the
-marshal, yes,” replied Bob. “Come on, fellows.”</p>
-
-<p>Bob led the way to the dismal abode where the old miser
-lived. He halted under a tree near the fence of the place.</p>
-
-<p>“Now, then,” he said to Frank and Sammy, “stay here
-till I skirmish around a bit.”</p>
-
-<p>“All right,” replied his companions, in a breath.</p>
-
-<p>Bob went slowly and cautiously all around the fenced-in
-lot. He made sure that the big vicious dog old Dolby owned
-was chained up and asleep. The house looked dark and
-dreary, as usual, except in the living-room, where the miser
-passed most of his time.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[103]</a></span></p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
- <img src="images/ill-103.jpg" width="400" height="581"
- alt=""
- title="" />
- <div class="caption"><p class="pc400"><i>They Saw the Miser Go Out to the Old,
-Rickety Barn</i></p>
-</div></div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[104]</a></span></p>
-<p>&nbsp;</p>
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[105]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Bob vaulted the fence and got down on hands and knees.
-He crept across the garden without making any noise, and
-paused right under the window of the room where there was
-a light. He could hear some one moving about inside.
-Finally, Bob ventured to raise his head and peer past the
-ragged end of a curtain. For fully five minutes the boy
-watched the miser. Then he went back to his friends.</p>
-
-<p>“Well?” asked Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“Mr. Dolby is in the house,” replied Bob, “but I didn’t
-see any one else.”</p>
-
-<p>“Then the robbers aren’t there,” broke in Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t know that.”</p>
-
-<p>“What are you going to do now?”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, keep on watching for a spell,” replied Bob, “and
-thinking.”</p>
-
-<p>Bob wondered if he had better not go and tell the marshal
-all that he knew. The boy kept quiet until Sammy spoke in
-a quick whisper the words:</p>
-
-<p>“Bob, old Dolby is coming outside!”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s so,” added Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“He’s got a lantern,” continued Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>“Hush!” warned Bob. “Keep quiet and watch!”</p>
-
-<p>They saw the miser go out to the old rickety barn at the
-rear of the lot. The dog growled, but quieted down at a
-snarl from his master. Bob ducked down as he ran along
-the fence and got behind the barn.</p>
-
-<p>He could see, through broad cracks in the barn, its owner
-slowly climbing a cleat ladder at one corner, carrying the
-lantern with him. There was a shed near the barn. Its slanting
-roof came almost up to the loft of the barn.</p>
-
-<p>Bob could see into this part of the building clearly<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[106]</a></span>
-through gaping breaks in the rotted boards. The miser had
-set down the lantern. There was no hay in the loft, except a
-little heap in one corner. Upon this was spread a blanket.</p>
-
-<p>“Some one has been sleeping in the loft,” Bob decided.
-“He’s gone now, though.”</p>
-
-<p>Silas Dolby took up the blanket and folded it. Then he
-took some dishes, a cup, plate, knife and fork from an old
-chair. These he placed on top of the folded blanket. He
-held blanket, dishes and lantern on one arm. Then he came
-down the ladder. In a few minutes the miser went back into
-the house.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, that’s all plain,” said Bob to himself. “Some one
-has been sleeping and hiding in the barn. Who could it be
-but that tramp? Then, if he robbed the jewelry store, where
-did he put the stuff he stole?”</p>
-
-<p>Bob went back to Frank and Sammy. He had about made
-up his mind to go straight to Mr. Haven, and tell him all he
-had found out. It was Bob’s idea that Frank’s father and the
-marshal could scare the old miser into telling enough about
-the tramp to lead to his arrest.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, hello, where are they?” exclaimed Bob, as he
-reached the tree where he had left Frank and Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>They were nowhere to be seen. As Bob looked around,
-somewhat puzzled, a sound came from some near bushes.</p>
-
-<p>“Hist!”</p>
-
-<p>Bob strained his eyes and made out Frank near the
-bushes. He beckoned to Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“What is it?” asked Bob. “What are you hiding for?”</p>
-
-<p>“Some one crossed over from behind the barn.”</p>
-
-<p>“Who was it?”</p>
-
-<p>“A stranger, so Sammy has cut through the brush lot here
-to keep him in sight.”</p>
-
-<p>“Which way?”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[107]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“Come on, I’ll show you,” said Frank.</p>
-
-<p>Both boys stole silently across the lot. They ran upon
-Sammy near some trees.</p>
-
-<p>“He’s just turned into the road yonder,” panted Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>Bob hurried to the spot where Sammy pointed. He saw
-a man going down the highway whom he thought he had
-never seen before. He was certainly a stranger to Fairview.
-The man had a cane, and was bent over it as if he was old
-or sick.</p>
-
-<p>“Where did he come from?” asked Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“Beyond Dolby’s barn,” replied Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“I didn’t see him near it,” said Bob, “but maybe he went
-out of a door on the far side of the barn.”</p>
-
-<p>“Is he the man you know about, Bob?” asked Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>“He doesn’t look like it,” said Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“I saw him pretty plain when I sneaked over here,” spoke
-Sammy. “He looks like a tramp.”</p>
-
-<p>“Hello!” broke in Bob, “that’s queer.”</p>
-
-<p>“What is queer?” asked Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“Why, just as the man came near that first house,” said
-Bob, “he stooped more and walked more lame. That looks
-as if the man was playing off.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, it’s sort of suspicious,” said Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>“Say, fellows,” added Bob, “we want to keep that man in
-sight. He may lead us to something worth finding out!”</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[108]</a></span></p>
-
-<div class="chapter">
-
-<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER XIII<br />
-<span class="pch">AN EXCITING HOUR</span></h2>
-
-
-<p>“<span class="smcap">Do</span> you suppose that man is one of the robbers?” asked
-Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t know about that,” replied Bob. “But he doesn’t
-act right.”</p>
-
-<p>“No, he isn’t any more lame than I am,” declared Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“Just look at him,” spoke Bob, quickly.</p>
-
-<p>Some one was coming down the street. The minute the
-man saw the boys were following him, he began to act like
-a weak old man. He spoke to the other man in a whining
-kind of a tone. Bob cut across a yard to head off the man
-the stranger had spoken to. He found him to be Mr. Dale,
-the village postmaster.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, Mr. Dale,” spoke Bob, “will you please tell me what
-that man who stopped you just now said to you?”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, is that you, Bob? Why, yes, he is a beggar and he
-asked me for a nickel. He says he is trying to get to Bartonville.
-Was hurt in an accident, he told me, and his eyesight
-is nearly gone. Do you know him?”</p>
-
-<p>“No, sir, I was just curious about him. Thank you, Mr.
-Dale.”</p>
-
-<p>Bob bolted off and got back to his friends. He told them
-what Mr. Dale had said. Then he added:</p>
-
-<p>“Now, then, fellows, we’re going to follow that man. I
-feel sure he isn’t honest.”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t think so, either,” said Frank.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[109]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“Keep close inside the yards. We don’t want to have him
-suspect that we’re after him.”</p>
-
-<p>Frank and Sammy did just as Bob told them to do. Sammy
-was in his element. He found himself in the midst of a
-mystery, as he called it, and was greatly excited.</p>
-
-<p>The man they were following kept along the street. The
-boys skulked from place to place inside of yards and across
-vacant lots. They knew the neighborhood well, and were
-never at a loss to get ahead.</p>
-
-<p>When the man came to where the streets were more deserted
-and the houses further apart, he began to move faster.</p>
-
-<p>“See that,” said Bob. “He can walk straight as an arrow
-when he wants to!”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, yes, he is just putting on his lameness and all that,”
-added Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“Say, fellows,” whispered Sammy, “see where he’s going
-now!”</p>
-
-<p>They had reached the edge of the town. The man ahead
-of them had crossed a stretch that was a lonely patch of high
-weeds and bushes.</p>
-
-<p>“He’s making for the schoolhouse,” said Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“That’s what he is,” spoke Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>“No&mdash;see,” added Bob, “he’s stopped near the old water
-hole where they used to graze the cattle.”</p>
-
-<p>The three boys were crowded up against a fence, and kept
-staring after the man and noticing every move he made. He
-stood still near the spot Bob had mentioned. Then he put his
-fingers to his lips.</p>
-
-<p>The boys caught the echo of a soft birdlike call. They
-breathlessly watched the man’s figure as it stood outlined
-against the sky. Then in a minute or two there came a reply
-to the whistle.</p>
-
-<p>“This is getting exciting,” said Frank.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[110]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“Listen,” ordered Bob.</p>
-
-<p>The man they had followed replied to the last whistle.
-Then the boys saw another man come from some shrubbery
-just beyond the schoolhouse wall.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, my!” gasped Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“What is it?” whispered Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t you see?”</p>
-
-<p>“What?”</p>
-
-<p>“The last man! He’s carrying two satchels!”</p>
-
-<p>“Why, then,” said Sammy, “they’ve got the stolen jewelry
-in them!”</p>
-
-<p>“S-sh!” warned Bob.</p>
-
-<p>He was terribly excited. Not for an instant did he doubt
-that the satchels held the plunder of which the robbers had
-rifled Mr. Haven’s jewelry store. Bob thought it out this
-way: These two men were the thieves. They had not risked
-carrying their plunder away from Fairview, knowing they
-would be pursued, but had hidden it. Then they had gone
-into hiding themselves. The tramp whom Bob knew had
-found shelter in Silas Dolby’s barn. The other man had
-found safety in some other spot.</p>
-
-<p>“Now, then,” spoke Bob, quickly, “you, Sammy.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes?” replied Sammy, on pins and needles of excitement.</p>
-
-<p>“Run as fast as you can to town, and tell the marshal that
-the jewelry store robbers are down here near the schoolhouse.”</p>
-
-<p>“You bet I’ll run!” said Sammy. “But will they be here
-when we get back?”</p>
-
-<p>“Probably not, but they won’t be far away.”</p>
-
-<p>“What are you going to do?”</p>
-
-<p>“I will keep them in sight, and Frank will help me.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, I hope we catch them!” said Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t delay.”</p>
-
-<p>“I won’t.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[111]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Sammy sneaked along the fence until he got out of range
-of the men. Then he arose to his feet, and got out of sight
-in the direction of the village in a flash.</p>
-
-<p>“What are those men doing now?” asked Frank, a moment
-later.</p>
-
-<p>Bob craned his neck and bent his ear. He could hear
-only the vague murmur of voices. He could not make out
-any clear words. The last man to come on the scene kept
-the satchels, one in each hand. Finally the two men started
-off. They seemed to be wrangling about something.</p>
-
-<p>“Frank,” said Bob, “all we’ve got to do now is not to lose
-sight of those men.”</p>
-
-<p>“Till the marshal catches up with us,” replied Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m going to get nearer to them.”</p>
-
-<p>“It’s risky.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, I want to find out all I can.”</p>
-
-<p>“What shall I do?”</p>
-
-<p>“Follow very slowly. If they see me or anything happens
-we don’t expect, don’t you lose sight of them till the
-marshal comes.”</p>
-
-<p>“All right, Bob. Oh, I do hope they are the people you
-think they are, and that father is going to get back his
-property!”</p>
-
-<p>Bob now began crawling flat on the ground across the
-open field. When he came to where the weeds or bushes were
-high he ran a bit, but kept stooping as low as he could all of
-the time.</p>
-
-<p>In this way, Bob had gained quite a little on the men.
-Once they rested, near a little clump of shrubbery just beyond
-the schoolhouse. The man Bob believed to be the tramp went
-ahead, as if seeing if the road was clear. The other man sat
-down on one of the satchels, and the boy got quite near to
-him.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[112]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“It’s the man I saw in the hide-out!” whispered Bob to
-himself. “It’s the man with the green shade over his eye!
-Now I am sure these men are the fellows who broke into the
-jewelry store.”</p>
-
-<p>“I guess it’s safe to go on,” said the tramp, coming back
-to his friend.</p>
-
-<p>“All right.”</p>
-
-<p>“Here, I’ll carry one of the satchels.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, no; they’re not heavy.”</p>
-
-<p>“But I want to.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, you can’t, and I won’t let you.”</p>
-
-<p>“Huh!” said the tramp in an angry way, “what’s the matter
-with you?”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, for one thing, I know you,” said the other man.</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, do you?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, I do. I shan’t drop these satchels till we get to
-where the man who hired us is waiting for us.”</p>
-
-<p>“It’s two miles away.”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t care if it’s ten miles away. If you got your paws
-on one of these satchels, you might bolt with it.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well, I’ve done some of the work, haven’t I? Who
-found the key to the jewelry store?”</p>
-
-<p>“You did, and our boss will pay you well for your share
-of the work, but you don’t handle these satchels.”</p>
-
-<p>“I bet I do!”</p>
-
-<p>The tramp suddenly sprang at his companion, but the
-other was too quick for him. The man with the green shade
-over his eye sprang to his feet. He whirled one satchel
-around. It struck the tramp on the head and swept him to
-the ground.</p>
-
-<p>The man with the green shade over his eye at once picked
-up the two satchels, and started on a run. In a minute he was<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[113]</a></span>
-around the corner of the schoolhouse and out of sight. The
-tramp sprang to his feet with an angry cry.</p>
-
-<p>Bob did not dare to move from the shelter of the shrubbery
-at once. He thought he heard something drop around
-on the other side of the schoolhouse. As the tramp ran around
-its end, Bob hurried forward and peered towards the road.</p>
-
-<p>“Why,” said Bob, in great surprise, “what has become of
-the satchels?”</p>
-
-<p>He could see the man in the lead about two hundred
-yards away, as he jumped into a ditch and was gone from
-sight. The tramp was putting after him as fast as he could.
-One thing was sure: neither of them had the satchels.</p>
-
-<p>“Where could they have gone to?” Bob asked himself.</p>
-
-<p>He ran to the road. The tramp was standing in the
-middle of it, at a loss where to go. The other man was
-nowhere to be seen. Finally the tramp ran into some woods
-lining the road, on a search for the man who had run away
-from him.</p>
-
-<p>Frank, who had kept track of Bob in cautious stages,
-came up to him now.</p>
-
-<p>“Where are they?” he asked.</p>
-
-<p>“Somewhere in the woods,” answered Bob. “They have
-had a quarrel.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, I noticed it.”</p>
-
-<p>“We couldn’t do much if we caught up to them. Hark,
-Frank!”</p>
-
-<p>Down the road beyond the schoolhouse echoed the sound
-of horses’ hoofs and wagon wheels.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s some one driving awfully fast,” said Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“It must be the marshal! Yes, I think it is,” said Bob,
-peering down the road.</p>
-
-<p>Then he ran to the middle of the highway, and down it,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[114]</a></span>
-waving his arms. The wagon stopped, and Bob saw that it
-held the marshal, and three other men, and Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>“Where are those men, Bob?” asked the marshal, quickly.</p>
-
-<p>Bob told enough to give the officer an idea of how things
-stood. The marshal drove the wagon up to the side of the
-road, and then he and two of the men who had come in the
-wagon started out to scour the woods.</p>
-
-<p>Bob told Frank and Sammy about the two satchels being
-gone when he ran around the schoolhouse corner. They at
-once began a search all about the place and even out to the
-ditch, but found no trace of the valises.</p>
-
-<p>“See here, Bob,” said Frank, “maybe the man threw them
-into the ditch, jumped after them, and got away with them?”</p>
-
-<p>“I hardly think that,” replied Bob. “He didn’t have
-them with him the last sight I had of him.”</p>
-
-<p>The boys had a long wait of it. It was over an hour
-before one of the men came back.</p>
-
-<p>“We’ve beat the woods in every direction,” he told them.
-“The marshal and his aid have kept up the hunt. We’re to
-go back and start some more men on the chase.”</p>
-
-<p>Up to the time, two hours later, that Bob, Frank and
-Sammy stayed up, no trace was found of the jewelry store
-robbers.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[115]</a></span></p>
-
-<div class="chapter">
-
-<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER XIV<br />
-<span class="pch">FIRE</span></h2>
-
-<p>“<span class="smcap">You</span> quit that, Jed Burr!”</p>
-
-<p>“Shut up, or I’ll lam you worse.”</p>
-
-<p>Bob Bouncer paused as he was on a run to join Frank and
-the others across the playground.</p>
-
-<p>Bob was passing the row of shrubbery, from which he
-had spied the jewelry store robbers the night before. Now,
-halting and peering through those same bushes, he saw Jed
-cuffing a helpless member of his crowd, three years his junior
-and about half his size.</p>
-
-<p>This was Ned Thomas, a weak, timid little fellow, who
-was so afraid of the big leader of “The Blues,” that he had
-fetched and carried for Jed all the last school term. Jed
-imposed on him terribly. The way he held the little fellow,
-was to make him believe he would work him into the ball
-nine in time.</p>
-
-<p>Ned was sobbing and crying. Jed had knocked his cap
-off. He threatened him with his fists.</p>
-
-<p>“You do as I say,” he was speaking now.</p>
-
-<p>“I can’t, I won’t,” choked out Ned. “I just felt splendid
-at my luck in writing what I did. And you’ve taken it.”</p>
-
-<p>“I gave you mine.”</p>
-
-<p>“Humph! Yours! You give it back to me, Jed Burr! If
-you don’t, I’ll go home. I won’t go to school at all.”</p>
-
-<p>“Do it, then,” shouted Jed. “See here,” seizing the little
-fellow, and shaking him hard, “you blab one word, and I<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[116]</a></span>
-won’t let a fellow in the crowd play with you, or even speak
-to you.”</p>
-
-<p>“See here, Jed Burr, you drop that,” cried Bob, stepping
-into view and pulling Ned away from the grasp of the bully.</p>
-
-<p>“Hello! sneaking around, are you?”</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t have to sneak,” replied Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“Mind your own business.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’m minding it fine when I save a little fellow from your
-meanness.”</p>
-
-<p>“Say, I’ll lick you,” cried Jed, doubling up his fists.</p>
-
-<p>Bob said nothing. He just looked the bully squarely in
-the eye.</p>
-
-<p>“Some time. You see if I don’t,” added Jed.</p>
-
-<p>Bob did not move. Jed edged away.</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll give it to you good and hard,” scowled Jed, and
-went clear away.</p>
-
-<p>“See here, Ned,” said Bob, going up to the weeping boy,
-and placing his hand on his shoulder in a kindly way.</p>
-
-<p>“Leave me alone,” sniffled the little fellow. “Jed has
-spoiled everything. I’ll stay away from school. I’ll play
-hookey.”</p>
-
-<p>Just then the school bell rang. Bob had to let the little
-fellow go his own way. There was a special programme for
-that morning, and Bob’s mind was full of it. This was the
-public reading of a composition on “Ceylon.” A prize was to
-be given for the best piece.</p>
-
-<p>On these occasions at times several visitors came to the
-school. As he entered, Bob noticed a number of ladies whom
-he knew. Seated in a chair near the platform was a young
-man smartly dressed, who wore a single eye-glass.</p>
-
-<p>“He’s the English artist staying at Ned Thomas’s house,”
-Frank whispered to Bob.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[117]</a></span></p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
- <img src="images/ill-117.jpg" width="400" height="583"
- alt=""
- title="" />
- <div class="caption"><p class="pc400"><i>Several Scholars Read Their Pieces</i></p>
-</div></div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[118]</a></span></p>
-<p>&nbsp;</p>
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[119]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Several scholars read their pieces, Bob among the number.
-They were all very good, for the writers were allowed to
-consult books, and even get help from others. The story had
-to be told in their own language.</p>
-
-<p>Bob noticed that Ned was absent. When Jed Burr’s turn
-came, the bully stood up in his usual bold way, and began
-drawling out the contents of the written paper in his hand.</p>
-
-<p>Even Bob had to confess to himself that Jed’s paper was
-very fine. It told things about Ceylon that the other boys
-had not mentioned. Jed read about the wonderful tricks of
-the elephants in that country.</p>
-
-<p>As he did this, Bob noticed the English artist straighten
-up, fix his eye-glass, and stare at Jed. He was sure he heard
-the artist speak the words:</p>
-
-<p>“Ah, extrawordinary, you know!”</p>
-
-<p>When Jed told of how the women of Ceylon worked,
-carrying great loads on their backs, the artist said, under his
-breath:</p>
-
-<p>“I say, remawkable!”</p>
-
-<p>This puzzled Bob, for the artist kept staring hard at Jed,
-and rubbing his head, as if something had happened that he
-could not understand.</p>
-
-<p>When recess came the artist went up to Miss Williams.
-Bob noticed that he spoke to her quite seriously. Most of the
-scholars had gone out onto the playground, and Bob was
-about to join them, when the teacher said:</p>
-
-<p>“Will you come here for a moment, Bob?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, Miss Williams,” he replied, going up to her desk.</p>
-
-<p>“Have you seen Ned Thomas to-day?” asked Miss
-Williams.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, ma’am.”</p>
-
-<p>“Do you know what kept him from school?”</p>
-
-<p>“I think I half know, Miss Williams, but I don’t care to
-say anything about it.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[120]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“You should speak out, my lad,” said the artist. “Some
-wrong work has been going on, and we wish to get at the
-bottom of it, don’t you know.”</p>
-
-<p>“I’ll tell you, Miss Williams,” spoke Bob; “you had better
-ask Ned about it.”</p>
-
-<p>“But he is not here, Bob.”</p>
-
-<p>“No, but I’ll try and find him.”</p>
-
-<p>“I wish you would, Bob,” said the teacher.</p>
-
-<p>Bob started out on his hunt for the truant. He wondered
-a good deal about what was up. Nobody on the playground
-had seen Ned. Finally, a boy who lived near by, and who
-had run home for a quick bite to eat, told Bob that little Ned
-was playing over near a spring in the woods.</p>
-
-<p>Bob came across Ned wading in some water. His feet
-were soaked and his clothes muddy. He had been building
-a little dam, and he looked reckless and unhappy.</p>
-
-<p>“Teacher wants you, Ned,” said Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“I don’t want to see teacher,” spoke Ned, in a sullen way.</p>
-
-<p>“You’ve got to.”</p>
-
-<p>“What for?”</p>
-
-<p>“She’ll tell you.”</p>
-
-<p>“I won’t go,” declared the little fellow, starting to wade
-deeper into the water.</p>
-
-<p>“No, you don’t,” said Bob, quickly, catching hold of Ned’s
-arm. “See here, don’t be a gump. The artist who boards
-down at your house is up at the schoolhouse with the teacher.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, is he?” cried Ned, brightening up. “I’ll go, then,
-Bob.”</p>
-
-<p>All the scholars looked curious as Bob crossed the playground
-with Ned in his charge.</p>
-
-<p>“Close the door. Bob,” spoke Miss Williams, as Bob led
-Ned into the schoolroom. “You can remain, if you like.”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[121]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Bob sat down at one of the desks. In a halting, shame-faced
-way Ned hunched up to the teacher.</p>
-
-<p>“I didn’t mean to play hookey. It wasn’t my fault,” he
-blurted out.</p>
-
-<p>“Ah, my lad,” here spoke the artist, “you know I was a bit&mdash;ah&mdash;er&mdash;surprised,
-don’t you know, and I wanted to awsk
-you something.”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, sir,” blubbered Ned, humbly, with eyes cast down.</p>
-
-<p>“I gave you some stories of my journey through Ceylon
-for your composition, you know. Another lad read them off
-here this morning.”</p>
-
-<p>“He stole my paper from me,” burst out Ned. “The mean
-bully! He gave me his to read, but I tore it up. I won’t
-stand it any longer,” and Ned began to bawl.</p>
-
-<p>“It’s a clear case, Miss,” said the artist. “A&mdash;ah, er&mdash;decidedly
-mean theft. This Thistle boy&mdash;&mdash;”</p>
-
-<p>“Burr,” corrected the teacher, with a smile.</p>
-
-<p>“Ah, yes, Burr. He should be exposed, Miss.”</p>
-
-<p>“I think the school board will expel him when they know
-the facts of the case,” said the teacher.</p>
-
-<p>“Won’t he be boss of ‘The Blues’ any more, then?” asked
-Ned, eagerly.</p>
-
-<p>“I fancy not,” replied Miss Williams.</p>
-
-<p>“Then I ain’t afraid any more,” cried Ned. “I’ll tell the
-truth; yes, I will. I’ve been a mean boy, but Jed Burr made
-me that. He got me to play all kinds of tricks on the scholars;
-and say, Miss Williams,” added Ned, with a quick glance at
-Bob, “Jed stole a spelling list from your desk, and some of
-his fellows copied it, and Jed got me to put it in Bob
-Bouncer’s desk, so as to get him into trouble.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, Bob!” cried Miss Williams, coming up to him
-and putting out her hand, “I have wronged you very
-greatly!”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[122]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“Don’t speak of it, Miss Williams,” replied Bob, smiling
-loyally. “It’s all right now, isn’t it?”</p>
-
-<p>“You are a noble boy, Bob,” said his teacher.</p>
-
-<p>“I think it’s myself that wronged somebody,” said Bob to
-himself, as he left the schoolhouse. “Here I went and suspected
-poor Tom Chubb of what he never did. A fine
-friend I am! I’m going to tell him how mean I’ve been.”</p>
-
-<p>Tom thought Bob quite the best friend he had heard of,
-when Bob told his story.</p>
-
-<p>“Wouldn’t tell on a friend, would you?” said Tom. “The
-only mistake was your thinking I was smart enough to get
-hold of that spelling list.”</p>
-
-<p>“It wasn’t very smart in Jed Burr, the way it has turned
-out,” said Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“That’s so,” echoed Sammy. “It pays to be straight.”</p>
-
-<p>At noon Jed Burr was sent home with a note to his
-parents. It told that he was suspended from school until the
-school board were told of his unfairness and misdoings.</p>
-
-<p>Bob felt that something more than being sorry was due
-to Tom. He invited him and Frank and Sammy to tea to
-his house that evening.</p>
-
-<p>The four boys were playing a game of tennis just at dusk,
-when they heard a yell down the road. Bob ran out to the
-gate.</p>
-
-<p>A man was coming pell-mell down the middle of the road.
-He was waving his arms wildly.</p>
-
-<p>“Hurry, run!” he shouted, as he espied the boys.</p>
-
-<p>“What’s the matter?” bawled Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>“Fire!” yelled the runner, never stopping to take breath.
-“At the schoolhouse&mdash;it’s on fire, and burning up!”</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[123]</a></span></p>
-
-<div class="chapter">
-
-<h2 class="p4">CHAPTER XV<br />
-<span class="pch">THE CAPTURE&mdash;CONCLUSION</span></h2>
-
-
-<p>“<span class="smcap">The</span> mischief!” cried Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“Schoolhouse burning up!” echoed Sammy. “That’s big
-news.”</p>
-
-<p>“Come on, fellows!” ordered Frank, making a rush down
-the road.</p>
-
-<p>“Don’t wait for me,” said Tom. “I’m too fat to run fast.”</p>
-
-<p>“Say, I don’t see any blaze,” spoke Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“No, but look&mdash;everybody is putting for the schoolhouse!”
-cried Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>This was true. In the dim dusk they could see men,
-women and children rushing in the direction of the schoolhouse.
-They could hear the man who had told the news,
-and others, shouting nearer to the center of the village.</p>
-
-<p>The news seemed to spread like wildfire. Just as the
-boys joined the procession hurrying to the schoolhouse, they
-caught the echo of a great clanging and clatter.</p>
-
-<p>“They’ve got the hose-cart out,” said Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“The schoolhouse is on fire!” cried Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>“Sure enough,” added Frank.</p>
-
-<p>They were now in full sight of the school building. From
-one end a great volume of smoke was pouring out of the
-windows. Then, just as they bounded over the fence, one of
-a dozen men already come upon the scene, ran at a door and
-kicked it in.</p>
-
-<p>At once the flames came out in a sheet. Some one shouted<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[124]</a></span>
-for buckets. Bob knew where there was one under the
-school building, in use when people drove to the school and
-wanted to water their horses. He got it out quickly and ran
-to the pump.</p>
-
-<p>“Help me, Frank,” he called.</p>
-
-<p>Frank and Sammy took turns in pumping. Bob ran with
-the pail to a man at the broken-in door. The man threw the
-water inside and Bob went back after more water. Then
-two men arrived with buckets from the nearest house, and
-soon half a dozen pails were in use.</p>
-
-<p>Men took the place of the boys and crowded them out
-of service, but they had done their part.</p>
-
-<p>“What’s that, now?” spoke Bob, as, rounding the building,
-they came to the little addition to the main school
-building, used as a storeroom.</p>
-
-<p>“Why,” shouted Sammy, “there’s some one inside!”</p>
-
-<p>“It looks so,” spoke Frank, in wonder.</p>
-
-<p>Bang, clatter, crash!&mdash;the rear window of the storeroom
-was smashed out from inside. A man leaped into view. He
-must have been sleeping in the place, and the fire must have
-started between the storeroom and the schoolhouse door. He
-could not get past it, and had broken out that way.</p>
-
-<p>The flames showed the man plainly. He was a stranger
-to Fairview, and had a green patch over one eye. As he
-jumped from the window he stumbled and fell to the ground.
-He was on his feet at once. Then he started to run away
-from the spot.</p>
-
-<p>“Say, I know him!” cried Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“Who is it?” asked Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“One of the robbers!”</p>
-
-<p>“You don’t say so!” spoke Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>“Stop that man&mdash;stop that man!” yelled Bob at the top
-of his voice.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[125]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>He and his friends ran after the fellow. The rascal’s
-way was blocked, and he was caught and held by two men
-who had heard Bob’s cries.</p>
-
-<p>“Aha! who are you?” demanded one of the captors.</p>
-
-<p>“I’m only a poor tramp. Went into the schoolhouse to
-get warm.”</p>
-
-<p>“He’s one of the men who robbed Mr. Haven’s jewelry
-store,” declared Bob, excitedly.</p>
-
-<p>“Is that so!” exclaimed the man’s captor.</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, it is.”</p>
-
-<p>“Bob, here comes the marshal,” spoke Frank just then.</p>
-
-<p>“And the hose-cart,” added Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>Bob ran to meet the marshal. He told much that made
-the officer very anxious to take the man with the green shade
-over one eye in charge. The hose-cart men soon attacked the
-fire, which had been caused by some hot coals falling on
-the floor from the big stove in the schoolroom. Soon the
-blaze was put out.</p>
-
-<p>“You stay with me, Bob,” said the marshal, keeping tight
-hold of his prisoner. “I want to question this fellow. You
-seem to know more about him than any one else.”</p>
-
-<p>The marshal led the man to the nearest house. Its owner
-took them into a sitting-room.</p>
-
-<p>“Now, then, Bob,” said the marshal, “you are sure this is
-the man you saw with two satchels the night you told me
-about?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes, sir, I am,” replied Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“My man,” asked the marshal, “what did you do with
-those satchels?”</p>
-
-<p>“I’m not going to get myself into trouble by telling,”
-replied the robber, sullenly.</p>
-
-<p>“You’re in pretty bad trouble already, if you only knew
-it,” said the marshal.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[126]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“Well, supposing I tell?”</p>
-
-<p>“It will be the easier for you.”</p>
-
-<p>“I didn’t break into the jewelry store.”</p>
-
-<p>“Who did?”</p>
-
-<p>“My partner.”</p>
-
-<p>“Very well, tell us where he is, and about those satchels,
-and we’ll make it as light for you as we can.”</p>
-
-<p>“Is that a bargain?”</p>
-
-<p>“It is.”</p>
-
-<p>“All right,” said the man with the green shade over his
-eye. “I dropped them under the pump platform into the
-schoolhouse well.”</p>
-
-<p>“Mr. Ward,” said Bob, quickly, to the marshal, “send for
-a well-cleaner, and see if he is telling the truth.”</p>
-
-<hr class="d5" />
-
-<p>“Say, Bob, the whole town is talking about you,” spoke
-Frank Haven.</p>
-
-<p>“Are they?”</p>
-
-<p>“Yes.”</p>
-
-<p>“I should think they would!” cried Sammy Brown. “Why,
-you’ve done the biggest thing ever done in Fairview.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, pshaw!” said Bob, flushing up, “you’re making too
-much of nothing.”</p>
-
-<p>“Nothing?” echoed Frank. “Do you call it nothing saving
-my father from ruin, Bob Bouncer?”</p>
-
-<p>“Have I done that?”</p>
-
-<p>“Father says so, and he sent us down to bring you right up
-to the house.”</p>
-
-<p>“What for?” asked Bob.</p>
-
-<p>“He wants to pay you that reward.”</p>
-
-<p>“Well,” replied Bob, “he simply can’t do it. Do you suppose
-I’d let the father of my best chum pay me for what any
-boy would be glad to do? I guess not, Frank Haven!”</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[127]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“He wants to see you, anyway, so you’ve got to come
-along.”</p>
-
-<p>“That’s a fact,” put in Tom Chubb. “No getting out of
-it, Bob.”</p>
-
-<p>The others surrounded Bob and marched him down the
-street. A dozen people met him and shook hands with him.
-They met Minnie Grey, who called Bob “a hero,” and cried,
-as she always did when Bob met with “good luck,” as she
-called it. Little crippled Benny Lane cheered Bob with a
-dozen hurrahs as they passed his home.</p>
-
-<p>The satchels had been found in the schoolhouse well, and
-only a few pieces of jewelry were missing. The captured
-robber was now in jail, and the marshal and his men were
-looking for his partner.</p>
-
-<p>It came out that the tramp had heard Silas Dolby tell
-about the lost key to the jewelry store, and had found it in
-his garden. He had been given shelter in the old miser’s
-barn, because Mr. Dolby was afraid to refuse him, he was
-such a rough, ugly fellow.</p>
-
-<p>When the boys reached Frank’s home, Mr. Haven came
-out and met them. He grasped both of Bob’s hands, all
-smiles, and as happy as he could be.</p>
-
-<p>“Well, Bob,” he said, “I suppose you’ve come for that
-reward?”</p>
-
-<p>“Not a cent of it, Mr. Haven,” replied Bob, firmly.</p>
-
-<p>“I have decided to give you one hundred dollars, Bob.
-The balance, I suppose, should go to the marshal and his
-men.”</p>
-
-<p>“Mr. Haven,” said Bob, “my father told me that if I took
-so much as a cent from a good neighbor like you, he’d invite
-me out to the barn with a strap.”</p>
-
-<p>“Why, the town would mob him if he laid a finger on its
-hero!” declared Mr. Haven.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[128]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>“All right,” laughed Bob, “but you know I must obey my
-parents.”</p>
-
-<p>Mr. Haven was silent for a moment or two. He looked
-over the four fine-spirited lads in a proud and kindly way.
-Then he said:</p>
-
-<p>“Well, Bob, as you won’t have the reward, I shall go to
-work on a new plan. I intend to have the loft of the old barn
-fixed up nice and tidy for a clubroom for you and your
-friends.”</p>
-
-<p>“Oh, father, that will be fine!” cried Frank.</p>
-
-<p>“Famous!” echoed Sammy.</p>
-
-<p>“I shall spend the hundred dollars getting you the best
-gymnasium outfit it will buy,” added Mr. Haven.</p>
-
-<p>“Hurrah!” shouted Tom Chubb.</p>
-
-<p>“Vacation until they fix up the schoolhouse, and that
-grand gymnasium to think of!” said Sammy Brown. “Say,
-fellows, we’re having the finest time on earth!”</p>
-
-<p>Then the boys gave three rousing cheers for Frank
-Haven’s father, and started out on a new round of healthy
-fun and adventure, as will be related in the next volume of
-this series, to be called, “Fairview Boys at Camp Mystery;
-Or, The Old Hermit and His Secret.”</p>
-
-<p>“We are bound to have lots more of fun and excitement,”
-said Bob Bouncer.</p>
-
-<p>And they did.</p>
-
-</div>
-<p>&nbsp;</p>
-<hr />
-
-<div class="chapter">
-<div class="transnote p4">
-<p class="pc large">TRANSCRIBER’S NOTE:</p>
-<p>&nbsp;</p>
-<p class="ptn">&mdash;Obvious errors were corrected.</p>
-</div></div>
-
-</div>
-
-<p>&nbsp;</p>
-<hr class="full" />
-<p>***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FAIRVIEW BOYS AND THEIR RIVALS***</p>
-<p>******* This file should be named 51749-h.htm or 51749-h.zip *******</p>
-<p>This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:<br />
-<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/5/1/7/4/51749">http://www.gutenberg.org/5/1/7/4/51749</a></p>
-<p>
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.</p>
-
-<p>Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
-</p>
-
-<h2>START: FULL LICENSE<br />
-<br />
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE<br />
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK</h2>
-
-<p>To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.</p>
-
-<h3>Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works</h3>
-
-<p>1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.</p>
-
-<p>1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.</p>
-
-<p>1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.</p>
-
-<p>1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country outside the United States.</p>
-
-<p>1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:</p>
-
-<p>1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:</p>
-
-<blockquote><p>This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United
- States and most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost
- no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use
- it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with
- this eBook or online
- at <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you
- are not located in the United States, you'll have to check the laws
- of the country where you are located before using this
- ebook.</p></blockquote>
-
-<p>1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.</p>
-
-<p>1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.</p>
-
-<p>1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.</p>
-
-<p>1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.</p>
-
-<p>1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.</p>
-
-<p>1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.</p>
-
-<p>1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that</p>
-
-<ul>
-<li>You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."</li>
-
-<li>You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.</li>
-
-<li>You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.</li>
-
-<li>You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p>1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.</p>
-
-<p>1.F.</p>
-
-<p>1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.</p>
-
-<p>1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.</p>
-
-<p>1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.</p>
-
-<p>1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.</p>
-
-<p>1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.</p>
-
-<p>1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause. </p>
-
-<h3>Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm</h3>
-
-<p>Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.</p>
-
-<p>Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org.</p>
-
-<h3>Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation</h3>
-
-<p>The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.</p>
-
-<p>The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact</p>
-
-<p>For additional contact information:</p>
-
-<p> Dr. Gregory B. Newby<br />
- Chief Executive and Director<br />
- gbnewby@pglaf.org</p>
-
-<h3>Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation</h3>
-
-<p>Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.</p>
-
-<p>The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit <a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/donate">www.gutenberg.org/donate</a>.</p>
-
-<p>While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.</p>
-
-<p>International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.</p>
-
-<p>Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate</p>
-
-<h3>Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.</h3>
-
-<p>Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.</p>
-
-<p>Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.</p>
-
-<p>Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org</p>
-
-<p>This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.</p>
-
-</body>
-</html>
-
diff --git a/old/51749-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/51749-h/images/cover.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 91e7896..0000000
--- a/old/51749-h/images/cover.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/51749-h/images/ill-002.jpg b/old/51749-h/images/ill-002.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 0304455..0000000
--- a/old/51749-h/images/ill-002.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/51749-h/images/ill-006.jpg b/old/51749-h/images/ill-006.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e76c09..0000000
--- a/old/51749-h/images/ill-006.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/51749-h/images/ill-021.jpg b/old/51749-h/images/ill-021.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 229488b..0000000
--- a/old/51749-h/images/ill-021.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/51749-h/images/ill-045.jpg b/old/51749-h/images/ill-045.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 0de7b80..0000000
--- a/old/51749-h/images/ill-045.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/51749-h/images/ill-057.jpg b/old/51749-h/images/ill-057.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 3f7e958..0000000
--- a/old/51749-h/images/ill-057.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/51749-h/images/ill-075.jpg b/old/51749-h/images/ill-075.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 2163a29..0000000
--- a/old/51749-h/images/ill-075.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/51749-h/images/ill-089.jpg b/old/51749-h/images/ill-089.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 19b2316..0000000
--- a/old/51749-h/images/ill-089.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/51749-h/images/ill-103.jpg b/old/51749-h/images/ill-103.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 3de068c..0000000
--- a/old/51749-h/images/ill-103.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/51749-h/images/ill-117.jpg b/old/51749-h/images/ill-117.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index b430cfb..0000000
--- a/old/51749-h/images/ill-117.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ